| Line 1... |
Line 1... |
% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
|
% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
|
%
|
%
|
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
|
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\def\texinfoversion{2004-02-19.09}
|
\def\texinfoversion{2009-03-28.05}
|
%
|
%
|
% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
|
% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
|
% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
|
% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
|
% Foundation, Inc.
|
% 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
%
|
%
|
% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
|
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
|
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
|
% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
|
% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
|
% your option) any later version.
|
% License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
%
|
%
|
% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
|
% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
|
% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
% General Public License for more details.
|
% General Public License for more details.
|
%
|
%
|
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
|
% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
|
%
|
%
|
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
|
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
|
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
|
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
|
% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
|
% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 65... |
Line 63... |
% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
|
% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
|
% they might have appeared in the input file name.
|
% they might have appeared in the input file name.
|
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
|
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
|
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
|
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
|
|
|
\message{Basics,}
|
|
\chardef\other=12
|
\chardef\other=12
|
|
|
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
|
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
|
% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
|
% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
|
\let\+ = \relax
|
\let\+ = \relax
|
| Line 87... |
Line 85... |
\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
|
\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
|
\let\ptexgtr=>
|
\let\ptexgtr=>
|
\let\ptexhat=^
|
\let\ptexhat=^
|
\let\ptexi=\i
|
\let\ptexi=\i
|
\let\ptexindent=\indent
|
\let\ptexindent=\indent
|
\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
|
|
\let\ptexinsert=\insert
|
\let\ptexinsert=\insert
|
\let\ptexlbrace=\{
|
\let\ptexlbrace=\{
|
\let\ptexless=<
|
\let\ptexless=<
|
|
\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
|
|
\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
|
\let\ptexplus=+
|
\let\ptexplus=+
|
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
|
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
|
\let\ptexslash=\/
|
\let\ptexslash=\/
|
\let\ptexstar=\*
|
\let\ptexstar=\*
|
\let\ptext=\t
|
\let\ptext=\t
|
|
\let\ptextop=\top
|
|
{\catcode`\'=\active
|
|
\global\let\ptexquoteright'}% Math-mode def from plain.tex.
|
|
\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
|
|
|
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
|
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
|
% starts a new line in the output.
|
% starts a new line in the output.
|
\newlinechar = `^^J
|
\newlinechar = `^^J
|
|
|
| Line 150... |
Line 153... |
\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
|
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
|
|
|
% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
|
% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
|
% in some cases the escape char.
|
\chardef\spacecat = 10
|
|
\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
|
|
|
|
% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
|
\chardef\colonChar = `\:
|
\chardef\colonChar = `\:
|
\chardef\commaChar = `\,
|
\chardef\commaChar = `\,
|
|
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
|
\chardef\dotChar = `\.
|
\chardef\dotChar = `\.
|
\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
|
\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
|
|
\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
|
\chardef\questChar = `\?
|
\chardef\questChar = `\?
|
|
\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
|
\chardef\semiChar = `\;
|
\chardef\semiChar = `\;
|
\chardef\underChar = `\_
|
\chardef\underChar = `\_
|
|
|
\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
|
|
\chardef\spacecat = 10
|
|
\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat}
|
|
|
|
% Ignore a token.
|
% Ignore a token.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\gobble#1{}
|
\def\gobble#1{}
|
|
|
% The following is used inside several \edef's.
|
% The following is used inside several \edef's.
|
\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
|
\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
|
|
|
% Hyphenation fixes.
|
% Hyphenation fixes.
|
\hyphenation{
|
\hyphenation{
|
Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
|
Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
|
|
ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
|
data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
|
data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
|
man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
|
man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
|
par-a-digms rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
|
par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
|
|
spell-ing spell-ings
|
stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
|
stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
|
wide-spread wrap-around
|
wide-spread wrap-around
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
|
% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
|
| Line 272... |
Line 279... |
\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
|
\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
|
\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
|
\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
|
\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
|
\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
|
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
|
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
|
|
|
|
% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
|
|
% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
|
|
% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
|
|
%
|
|
% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
|
|
% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
|
|
%
|
|
% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
|
|
% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
|
|
% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
|
|
% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
|
|
% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
|
|
% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
|
|
\def\domark{%
|
|
\toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
|
|
\toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
|
|
\toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
|
|
\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
|
|
\toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
|
|
\mark{%
|
|
\the\toks0 \the\toks2
|
|
\noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
|
|
\noexpand\else \the\toks8
|
|
}%
|
|
}
|
|
% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
|
|
% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
|
|
% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
|
|
% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
|
|
% first @chapter.
|
|
\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
|
|
\ifcase0\topmark\fi
|
|
\ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
|
|
}
|
|
\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
|
|
\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
|
|
|
|
% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
|
|
\def\lastchapterdefs{}
|
|
\def\lastsectiondefs{}
|
|
\def\prevchapterdefs{}
|
|
\def\prevsectiondefs{}
|
|
\def\lastcolordefs{}
|
|
|
% Main output routine.
|
% Main output routine.
|
\chardef\PAGE = 255
|
\chardef\PAGE = 255
|
\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
|
\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
|
|
|
\newbox\headlinebox
|
\newbox\headlinebox
|
| Line 289... |
Line 340... |
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
|
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
|
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
|
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
|
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
|
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
|
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
|
|
\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
|
\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
|
\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
|
|
\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
|
\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
|
\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
|
%
|
%
|
{%
|
{%
|
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
|
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
|
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
|
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
|
% before the \shipout runs.
|
% before the \shipout runs.
|
%
|
%
|
\escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
|
|
\indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
|
\indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
|
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
|
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
|
% the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
|
% the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
|
|
% We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
|
|
% \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
|
|
% "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
|
|
% it needs to be
|
|
% {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
|
\shipout\vbox{%
|
\shipout\vbox{%
|
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
|
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
|
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
|
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
|
\ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
|
| Line 328... |
Line 385... |
%
|
%
|
\unvbox\headlinebox
|
\unvbox\headlinebox
|
\pagebody{#1}%
|
\pagebody{#1}%
|
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
|
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
|
% Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
|
% Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
|
% (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
|
% (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
|
% The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
|
% The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
|
\vskip 2\baselineskip
|
\vskip 24pt
|
\unvbox\footlinebox
|
\unvbox\footlinebox
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\ifcropmarks
|
\ifcropmarks
|
\egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
|
\egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
|
| Line 351... |
Line 408... |
\line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
|
\line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
|
\egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}% end of \shipout\vbox
|
}% end of \shipout\vbox
|
}% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
|
}% end of group with \indexdummies
|
\advancepageno
|
\advancepageno
|
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
|
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
|
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
|
| Line 364... |
Line 421... |
{\catcode`\@ =11
|
{\catcode`\@ =11
|
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
|
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
|
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
|
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
|
\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
|
\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
|
\rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
|
\rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
|
\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
|
\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
|
\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
|
\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
|
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
|
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
|
% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
|
| Line 386... |
Line 443... |
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
|
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
|
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
|
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
|
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
|
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
|
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
|
\def\next{#2}%
|
\def\argtorun{#2}%
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
\obeylines
|
\obeylines
|
\spaceisspace
|
\spaceisspace
|
#1%
|
#1%
|
\parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
|
\parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
|
| Line 405... |
Line 462... |
|
|
% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
|
% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
|
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
|
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
|
\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
|
\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
|
|
|
% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
|
% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
|
%
|
%
|
% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
|
% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
|
% @end itemize @c foo
|
% @end itemize @c foo
|
% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
|
% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
|
% by \finishparsearg.
|
% by \finishparsearg.
|
| Line 417... |
Line 474... |
\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
|
\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
|
\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
|
\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
|
\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
|
\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
|
\def\temp{#3}%
|
\def\temp{#3}%
|
\ifx\temp\empty
|
\ifx\temp\empty
|
% We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
|
% Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
|
% thus we reuse \temp.
|
|
\let\temp\finishparsearg
|
\let\temp\finishparsearg
|
\else
|
\else
|
\let\temp\argcheckspaces
|
\let\temp\argcheckspaces
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
% Put the space token in:
|
% Put the space token in:
|
| Line 430... |
Line 486... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
|
% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
|
% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
|
% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
|
% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
|
% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
|
% just before passing the control to \next.
|
% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
|
% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
|
% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
|
% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
|
% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
|
% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
|
% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
|
%
|
%
|
% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
|
% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
|
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
|
|
|
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
|
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
|
% is roughly equivalent to
|
% is roughly equivalent to
|
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
|
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
|
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
|
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
|
| Line 488... |
Line 544... |
% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
|
% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
|
% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
|
% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
|
% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
|
% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
|
%
|
%
|
% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
|
% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
|
% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
|
% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
|
% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
|
% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
|
% special case.)
|
% special case.)
|
|
|
|
|
% At runtime, environments start with this:
|
% At run-time, environments start with this:
|
\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
|
\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
|
% initialize
|
% initialize
|
\let\thisenv\empty
|
\let\thisenv\empty
|
|
|
% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
|
% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
|
| Line 511... |
Line 567... |
\else
|
\else
|
\badenverr
|
\badenverr
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
|
% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
|
\def\badenverr{%
|
\def\badenverr{%
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
\errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
|
\errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
|
not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
|
not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 561... |
Line 617... |
\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
|
\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
|
\let\{=\mylbrace
|
\let\{=\mylbrace
|
\let\}=\myrbrace
|
\let\}=\myrbrace
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
% Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
|
% Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
|
% and @{ and @} for the aux file.
|
% and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
|
\catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
|
\catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
|
\catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
|
\catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
|
\catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
|
\catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
|
!gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
|
!gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
|
!gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
|
!gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
|
| Line 595... |
Line 651... |
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
|
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
|
\def\imacro{i}
|
\def\imacro{i}
|
\def\jmacro{j}
|
\def\jmacro{j}
|
\def\dotless#1{%
|
\def\dotless#1{%
|
\def\temp{#1}%
|
\def\temp{#1}%
|
\ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
|
\ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
|
\else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
|
\else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
|
\else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
|
\else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
|
\fi\fi
|
\fi\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
|
% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
|
% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
|
% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
|
%
|
%
|
\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=3000 }
|
\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
|
|
|
% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
|
% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
|
% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
|
% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
|
% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
|
% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
|
% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
|
% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
|
| Line 642... |
Line 698... |
|
|
% @/ allows a line break.
|
% @/ allows a line break.
|
\let\/=\allowbreak
|
\let\/=\allowbreak
|
|
|
% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
|
% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
|
\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
|
\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
|
|
|
% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
|
% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
|
\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
|
\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
|
|
|
% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
|
% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
|
\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
|
\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
|
|
|
|
% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\onword{on}
|
|
\def\offword{off}
|
|
%
|
|
\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
|
|
\def\temp{#1}%
|
|
\ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
|
|
\else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
|
|
\else
|
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
|
\errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
|
|
\fi\fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
|
% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
|
% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
|
% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
|
% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
|
% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
|
\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
|
\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
|
| Line 847... |
Line 918... |
\def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
|
\def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\temp
|
\temp
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @include file insert text of that file as input.
|
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
|
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
|
\def\includezzz#1{%
|
\def\includezzz#1{%
|
\pushthisfilestack
|
\pushthisfilestack
|
\def\thisfile{#1}%
|
\def\thisfile{#1}%
|
{%
|
{%
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
\makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
|
\def\temp{\input #1 }%
|
\turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
|
|
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
|
|
\edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
|
|
%
|
|
% This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
|
|
% definitions, etc.
|
\expandafter
|
\expandafter
|
}\temp
|
}\temp
|
\popthisfilestack
|
\popthisfilestack
|
}
|
}
|
\def\filenamecatcodes{%
|
\def\filenamecatcodes{%
|
| Line 870... |
Line 946... |
\catcode`|=\other
|
\catcode`|=\other
|
\catcode`<=\other
|
\catcode`<=\other
|
\catcode`>=\other
|
\catcode`>=\other
|
\catcode`+=\other
|
\catcode`+=\other
|
\catcode`-=\other
|
\catcode`-=\other
|
|
\catcode`\`=\other
|
|
\catcode`\'=\other
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\pushthisfilestack{%
|
\def\pushthisfilestack{%
|
\expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
|
\expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 1026... |
Line 1104... |
% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
|
% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
|
% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
|
% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
|
% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
|
% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
|
% which is what @var uses.
|
% which is what @var uses.
|
{
|
{
|
\catcode\underChar = \active
|
\catcode`\_ = \active
|
\gdef\mathunderscore{%
|
\gdef\mathunderscore{%
|
\catcode\underChar=\active
|
\catcode`\_=\active
|
\def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
|
\def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
|
% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
|
% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
|
% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
|
| Line 1045... |
Line 1123... |
\def\math{%
|
\def\math{%
|
\tex
|
\tex
|
\mathunderscore
|
\mathunderscore
|
\let\\ = \mathbackslash
|
\let\\ = \mathbackslash
|
\mathactive
|
\mathactive
|
|
% make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
|
|
\let\"=\ddot
|
|
\let\'=\acute
|
|
\let\==\bar
|
|
\let\^=\hat
|
|
\let\`=\grave
|
|
\let\u=\breve
|
|
\let\v=\check
|
|
\let\~=\tilde
|
|
\let\dotaccent=\dot
|
$\finishmath
|
$\finishmath
|
}
|
}
|
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
|
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
|
|
|
% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
|
% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
|
| Line 1058... |
Line 1146... |
{
|
{
|
\catcode`^ = \active
|
\catcode`^ = \active
|
\catcode`< = \active
|
\catcode`< = \active
|
\catcode`> = \active
|
\catcode`> = \active
|
\catcode`+ = \active
|
\catcode`+ = \active
|
|
\catcode`' = \active
|
\gdef\mathactive{%
|
\gdef\mathactive{%
|
\let^ = \ptexhat
|
\let^ = \ptexhat
|
\let< = \ptexless
|
\let< = \ptexless
|
\let> = \ptexgtr
|
\let> = \ptexgtr
|
\let+ = \ptexplus
|
\let+ = \ptexplus
|
|
\let' = \ptexquoteright
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
|
% Some math mode symbols.
|
\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
|
\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
|
\def\minus{$-$}
|
\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
|
|
\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
|
|
\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
|
|
|
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
|
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
|
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
|
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
|
% font as three actual period characters.
|
% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
|
|
% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
|
|
% whichever is larger.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\dots{%
|
\def\dots{%
|
\leavevmode
|
\leavevmode
|
\hbox to 1.5em{%
|
\setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
|
\hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
|
\ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
|
.\hfil.\hfil.%
|
\dimen0 = \wd0
|
\hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
|
\else
|
|
\dimen0 = 1.5em
|
|
\fi
|
|
\hbox to \dimen0{%
|
|
\hskip 0pt plus.25fil
|
|
.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
|
|
.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
|
|
.\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
|
}%
|
}%
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
|
% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\enddots{%
|
\def\enddots{%
|
\dots
|
\dots
|
\spacefactor=3000
|
\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
|
% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
|
% Texinfo's parsing.
|
% Texinfo's parsing.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 1158... |
Line 1259... |
\newbox\boxA
|
\newbox\boxA
|
\newcount\countA
|
\newcount\countA
|
\newif\ifpdf
|
\newif\ifpdf
|
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
|
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
|
|
|
|
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
|
|
% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
|
|
% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
|
\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
|
\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
|
\pdffalse
|
\else
|
\let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
|
\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
|
\let\pdfurl = \gobble
|
\else
|
\let\endlink = \relax
|
\ifcase\pdfoutput
|
\let\linkcolor = \relax
|
|
\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
|
|
\else
|
\else
|
\pdftrue
|
\pdftrue
|
\pdfoutput = 1
|
\fi
|
\input pdfcolor
|
\fi
|
\pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
|
\fi
|
|
|
|
% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
|
|
% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
|
|
% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
|
|
% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
|
|
% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
|
|
% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
|
|
% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
|
|
% that's what we do).
|
|
|
|
% double active backslashes.
|
|
%
|
|
{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
|
|
@gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
|
|
@catcode`@\=@active
|
|
@let\=@doublebackslash}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
|
|
% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
|
|
% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
|
|
% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission
|
|
% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
|
|
%
|
|
% #1 is the tokens to replace.
|
|
% #2 is the replacement.
|
|
% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
|
|
\def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
|
|
##1%
|
|
\ifx\\##2\\%
|
|
\else
|
|
#2%
|
|
\HyReturnAfterFi{%
|
|
\HyPsdReplace##2\END
|
|
}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
}%
|
|
\xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
|
|
}
|
|
\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
|
|
|
|
% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
|
|
\def\backslashparens#1{%
|
|
\xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
|
|
% \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
|
|
\HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
|
|
\HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
|
|
with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
|
|
be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
|
|
output) for that.)}
|
|
|
|
\ifpdf
|
|
%
|
|
% Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex.
|
|
\def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35}
|
|
\def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1}
|
|
%
|
|
% k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
|
|
% K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
|
|
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k #1 K}}
|
|
%
|
|
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
|
|
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
|
|
\def\setcolor#1{%
|
|
\xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
|
|
\domark
|
|
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
|
|
}
|
|
%
|
|
\def\maincolor{\cmykBlack}
|
|
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
|
|
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
|
|
\def\lastcolordefs{}
|
|
%
|
|
\def\makefootline{%
|
|
\baselineskip24pt
|
|
\line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
|
|
}
|
|
%
|
|
\def\makeheadline{%
|
|
\vbox to 0pt{%
|
|
\vskip-22.5pt
|
|
\line{%
|
|
\vbox to8.5pt{}%
|
|
% Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
|
|
\getcolormarks
|
|
% Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
|
|
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\vss
|
|
}%
|
|
\nointerlineskip
|
|
}
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
|
\pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
|
|
%
|
|
% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
|
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
|
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
|
\def\imagewidth{#2}%
|
\def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
|
\def\imageheight{#3}%
|
\def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
|
% without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
|
%
|
|
% pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
|
|
% others). Let's try in that order.
|
|
\let\pdfimgext=\empty
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
|
|
\openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
|
|
\openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
|
|
\openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
|
|
\openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
|
|
\openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
|
|
\errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
|
|
\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
|
|
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\closein 1
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
%
|
|
% without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
|
% included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
|
% included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
|
\immediate\pdfimage
|
\immediate\pdfimage
|
\else
|
\else
|
\immediate\pdfximage
|
\immediate\pdfximage
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
|
\ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
|
\ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
|
\ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
|
#1.pdf%
|
#1.\pdfimgext
|
\else
|
\else
|
{#1.pdf}%
|
{#1.\pdfimgext}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
|
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
|
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
|
\fi}
|
\fi}
|
|
%
|
\def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
|
\def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
|
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
|
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
|
% aren't expanded.
|
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
|
\atdummies
|
\indexnofonts
|
\normalturnoffactive
|
\turnoffactive
|
\pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
|
\activebackslashdouble
|
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
|
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
|
|
\backslashparens\pdfdestname
|
|
\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
|
}}
|
}}
|
|
%
|
|
% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
|
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
|
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
|
\let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
|
%
|
\def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
|
% by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
|
|
% nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
|
|
\def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
|
|
\def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
|
|
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
|
|
%
|
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
|
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
|
% come from Petr Olsak
|
% come from Petr Olsak
|
\def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
|
\def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
|
\else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
|
\else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
|
\def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
|
\def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
|
\advance\tempnum by 1
|
\advance\tempnum by 1
|
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
|
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
|
%
|
%
|
% #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
|
% #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
|
% of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
|
% outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
|
% text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
|
% of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
|
% corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
|
% which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
|
|
% #4 is the page number
|
%
|
%
|
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
|
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
|
% Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
|
% Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
|
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
|
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
|
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
|
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
|
% seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
|
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
|
\def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
|
\def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
|
\ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
|
\ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
|
|
\def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
|
|
\else
|
|
% Doubled backslashes in the name.
|
|
{\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
|
|
\backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
|
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
|
% Also double the backslashes in the display string.
|
|
{\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
|
|
\backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
|
|
%
|
|
\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
|
}
|
}
|
%
|
%
|
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
|
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
% Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
|
% Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
|
| Line 1233... |
Line 1489... |
\edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
|
\edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
|
%
|
%
|
% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
|
% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
|
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\def\thischapnum{##2}%
|
\def\thischapnum{##2}%
|
\let\thissecnum\empty
|
\def\thissecnum{0}%
|
\let\thissubsecnum\empty
|
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
|
\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
|
\def\thissecnum{##2}%
|
\def\thissecnum{##2}%
|
\let\thissubsecnum\empty
|
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
|
\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
|
\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
|
\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
|
\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
|
\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\let\thischapnum\empty
|
\def\thischapnum{0}%
|
\let\thissecnum\empty
|
\def\thissecnum{0}%
|
\let\thissubsecnum\empty
|
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
|
%
|
%
|
% use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
|
% use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
|
% al. a second time, below.
|
% al. a second time, below.
|
\def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
|
\def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
|
\def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
|
\def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
|
| Line 1262... |
Line 1518... |
\def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
|
\def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
|
\def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
|
\def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
|
\def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
|
\def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
|
\def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
|
\def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
|
\def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
|
\def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
|
\input \jobname.toc
|
\readdatafile{toc}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
|
% Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
|
% The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
|
% The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
|
% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
|
% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 1288... |
Line 1544... |
%
|
%
|
% xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
|
% xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
|
% their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
|
% their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
|
% now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
|
% now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
|
\indexnofonts
|
\indexnofonts
|
\turnoffactive
|
\setupdatafile
|
\input \jobname.toc
|
\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
|
|
\input \tocreadfilename
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
}
|
}
|
%
|
%
|
\def\makelinks #1,{%
|
|
\def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
|
|
\ifx\params\E
|
|
\let\nextmakelinks=\relax
|
|
\else
|
|
\let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
|
|
\ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
|
|
\picknum{#1}%
|
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
|
|
goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
|
|
\linkcolor #1%
|
|
\advance\lnkcount by 1%
|
|
\endlink
|
|
\fi
|
|
\nextmakelinks
|
|
}
|
|
\def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
|
|
\def\pn#1{%
|
|
\def\p{#1}%
|
|
\ifx\p\lbrace
|
|
\let\nextpn=\ppn
|
|
\else
|
|
\let\nextpn=\ppnn
|
|
\def\first{#1}
|
|
\fi
|
|
\nextpn
|
|
}
|
|
\def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
|
|
\def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
|
|
\def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
|
|
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
|
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
|
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
|
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
|
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
|
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
|
\ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
|
\ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
|
\advance\filenamelength by 1
|
\advance\filenamelength by 1
|
| Line 1337... |
Line 1564... |
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
|
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
|
\let \startlink \pdfannotlink
|
\let \startlink \pdfannotlink
|
\else
|
\else
|
\let \startlink \pdfstartlink
|
\let \startlink \pdfstartlink
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
|
% make a live url in pdf output.
|
\def\pdfurl#1{%
|
\def\pdfurl#1{%
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
\normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
|
% it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
|
|
% tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
|
|
% of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
|
|
% people have actually reported a problem with.
|
|
%
|
|
\normalturnoffactive
|
|
\def\@{@}%
|
|
\let\/=\empty
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
\leavevmode\Red
|
% do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
|
|
% special-casing \var here?
|
|
\def\var##1{##1}%
|
|
%
|
|
\leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
|
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
|
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
|
\endgroup}
|
\endgroup}
|
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
|
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
|
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
|
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
|
| Line 1368... |
Line 1607... |
\next}
|
\next}
|
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
|
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
|
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
|
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
|
\def\pdflink#1{%
|
\def\pdflink#1{%
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
|
\linkcolor #1\endlink}
|
\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
|
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
|
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
|
|
\else
|
|
% non-pdf mode
|
|
\let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
|
|
\let\pdfurl = \gobble
|
|
\let\endlink = \relax
|
|
\let\setcolor = \gobble
|
|
\let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
|
|
\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
|
\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
|
\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
|
|
|
|
|
\message{fonts,}
|
\message{fonts,}
|
|
|
| Line 1391... |
Line 1638... |
\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
|
\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
|
|
|
\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
|
\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
|
\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
|
\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
|
\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
|
\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
|
\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}
|
\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
|
\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
|
\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
|
|
|
|
% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
|
|
% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh.
|
|
\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
|
|
|
% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
|
% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
|
% So we set up a \sf.
|
% So we set up a \sf.
|
\newfam\sffam
|
\newfam\sffam
|
\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
|
\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
|
\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
|
\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
|
|
|
% We don't need math for this font style.
|
% We don't need math for this font style.
|
\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
|
\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
|
|
|
|
|
% Default leading.
|
% Default leading.
|
\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
|
\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
|
|
|
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
|
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
|
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
|
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
|
| Line 1414... |
Line 1666... |
%
|
%
|
\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
|
\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
|
\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
|
\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
|
\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
|
\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
|
%
|
%
|
|
% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
|
|
\def\baselinefactor{1}
|
|
%
|
\def\setleading#1{%
|
\def\setleading#1{%
|
\normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
|
\dimen0 = #1\relax
|
|
\normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
|
\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
|
\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
|
\normalbaselines
|
\normalbaselines
|
\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
|
\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
|
\vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
|
\vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
|
depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
|
depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
|
}%
|
}%
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
|
|
%
|
|
% do nothing with this by default.
|
|
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
|
|
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
|
|
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
|
|
|
|
% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
|
|
% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
|
|
% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
|
|
\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
|
|
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
|
|
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
|
|
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
|
|
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
|
|
%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
|
|
%%Version: 1.000
|
|
%%EndComments
|
|
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
|
|
12 dict begin
|
|
begincmap
|
|
/CIDSystemInfo
|
|
<< /Registry (TeX)
|
|
/Ordering (OT1)
|
|
/Supplement 0
|
|
>> def
|
|
/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
|
|
/CMapType 2 def
|
|
1 begincodespacerange
|
|
<00> <7F>
|
|
endcodespacerange
|
|
8 beginbfrange
|
|
<00> <01> <0393>
|
|
<09> <0A> <03A8>
|
|
<23> <26> <0023>
|
|
<28> <3B> <0028>
|
|
<3F> <5B> <003F>
|
|
<5D> <5E> <005D>
|
|
<61> <7A> <0061>
|
|
<7B> <7C> <2013>
|
|
endbfrange
|
|
40 beginbfchar
|
|
<02> <0398>
|
|
<03> <039B>
|
|
<04> <039E>
|
|
<05> <03A0>
|
|
<06> <03A3>
|
|
<07> <03D2>
|
|
<08> <03A6>
|
|
<0B> <00660066>
|
|
<0C> <00660069>
|
|
<0D> <0066006C>
|
|
<0E> <006600660069>
|
|
<0F> <00660066006C>
|
|
<10> <0131>
|
|
<11> <0237>
|
|
<12> <0060>
|
|
<13> <00B4>
|
|
<14> <02C7>
|
|
<15> <02D8>
|
|
<16> <00AF>
|
|
<17> <02DA>
|
|
<18> <00B8>
|
|
<19> <00DF>
|
|
<1A> <00E6>
|
|
<1B> <0153>
|
|
<1C> <00F8>
|
|
<1D> <00C6>
|
|
<1E> <0152>
|
|
<1F> <00D8>
|
|
<21> <0021>
|
|
<22> <201D>
|
|
<27> <2019>
|
|
<3C> <00A1>
|
|
<3D> <003D>
|
|
<3E> <00BF>
|
|
<5C> <201C>
|
|
<5F> <02D9>
|
|
<60> <2018>
|
|
<7D> <02DD>
|
|
<7E> <007E>
|
|
<7F> <00A8>
|
|
endbfchar
|
|
endcmap
|
|
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
|
|
end
|
|
end
|
|
%%EndResource
|
|
%%EOF
|
|
}\endgroup
|
|
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
|
|
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
|
|
}%
|
|
%
|
|
% \cmapOT1IT
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
|
|
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
|
|
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
|
|
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
|
|
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
|
|
%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
|
|
%%Version: 1.000
|
|
%%EndComments
|
|
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
|
|
12 dict begin
|
|
begincmap
|
|
/CIDSystemInfo
|
|
<< /Registry (TeX)
|
|
/Ordering (OT1IT)
|
|
/Supplement 0
|
|
>> def
|
|
/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
|
|
/CMapType 2 def
|
|
1 begincodespacerange
|
|
<00> <7F>
|
|
endcodespacerange
|
|
8 beginbfrange
|
|
<00> <01> <0393>
|
|
<09> <0A> <03A8>
|
|
<25> <26> <0025>
|
|
<28> <3B> <0028>
|
|
<3F> <5B> <003F>
|
|
<5D> <5E> <005D>
|
|
<61> <7A> <0061>
|
|
<7B> <7C> <2013>
|
|
endbfrange
|
|
42 beginbfchar
|
|
<02> <0398>
|
|
<03> <039B>
|
|
<04> <039E>
|
|
<05> <03A0>
|
|
<06> <03A3>
|
|
<07> <03D2>
|
|
<08> <03A6>
|
|
<0B> <00660066>
|
|
<0C> <00660069>
|
|
<0D> <0066006C>
|
|
<0E> <006600660069>
|
|
<0F> <00660066006C>
|
|
<10> <0131>
|
|
<11> <0237>
|
|
<12> <0060>
|
|
<13> <00B4>
|
|
<14> <02C7>
|
|
<15> <02D8>
|
|
<16> <00AF>
|
|
<17> <02DA>
|
|
<18> <00B8>
|
|
<19> <00DF>
|
|
<1A> <00E6>
|
|
<1B> <0153>
|
|
<1C> <00F8>
|
|
<1D> <00C6>
|
|
<1E> <0152>
|
|
<1F> <00D8>
|
|
<21> <0021>
|
|
<22> <201D>
|
|
<23> <0023>
|
|
<24> <00A3>
|
|
<27> <2019>
|
|
<3C> <00A1>
|
|
<3D> <003D>
|
|
<3E> <00BF>
|
|
<5C> <201C>
|
|
<5F> <02D9>
|
|
<60> <2018>
|
|
<7D> <02DD>
|
|
<7E> <007E>
|
|
<7F> <00A8>
|
|
endbfchar
|
|
endcmap
|
|
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
|
|
end
|
|
end
|
|
%%EndResource
|
|
%%EOF
|
|
}\endgroup
|
|
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
|
|
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
|
|
}%
|
|
%
|
|
% \cmapOT1TT
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
|
|
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
|
|
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
|
|
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
|
|
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
|
|
%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
|
|
%%Version: 1.000
|
|
%%EndComments
|
|
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
|
|
12 dict begin
|
|
begincmap
|
|
/CIDSystemInfo
|
|
<< /Registry (TeX)
|
|
/Ordering (OT1TT)
|
|
/Supplement 0
|
|
>> def
|
|
/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
|
|
/CMapType 2 def
|
|
1 begincodespacerange
|
|
<00> <7F>
|
|
endcodespacerange
|
|
5 beginbfrange
|
|
<00> <01> <0393>
|
|
<09> <0A> <03A8>
|
|
<21> <26> <0021>
|
|
<28> <5F> <0028>
|
|
<61> <7E> <0061>
|
|
endbfrange
|
|
32 beginbfchar
|
|
<02> <0398>
|
|
<03> <039B>
|
|
<04> <039E>
|
|
<05> <03A0>
|
|
<06> <03A3>
|
|
<07> <03D2>
|
|
<08> <03A6>
|
|
<0B> <2191>
|
|
<0C> <2193>
|
|
<0D> <0027>
|
|
<0E> <00A1>
|
|
<0F> <00BF>
|
|
<10> <0131>
|
|
<11> <0237>
|
|
<12> <0060>
|
|
<13> <00B4>
|
|
<14> <02C7>
|
|
<15> <02D8>
|
|
<16> <00AF>
|
|
<17> <02DA>
|
|
<18> <00B8>
|
|
<19> <00DF>
|
|
<1A> <00E6>
|
|
<1B> <0153>
|
|
<1C> <00F8>
|
|
<1D> <00C6>
|
|
<1E> <0152>
|
|
<1F> <00D8>
|
|
<20> <2423>
|
|
<27> <2019>
|
|
<60> <2018>
|
|
<7F> <00A8>
|
|
endbfchar
|
|
endcmap
|
|
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
|
|
end
|
|
end
|
|
%%EndResource
|
|
%%EOF
|
|
}\endgroup
|
|
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
|
|
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\fi\fi
|
|
|
|
|
% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
|
% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
|
% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
|
% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
|
% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
|
% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
|
\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
|
% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
|
|
% empty to omit).
|
|
\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
|
|
\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
|
|
\csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
|
|
}
|
|
% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
|
|
\let\cmap\gobble
|
|
% emacs-page end of cmaps
|
|
|
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
|
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
|
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
|
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
|
% before you read in texinfo.tex.
|
% before you read in texinfo.tex.
|
\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
|
\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
|
| Line 1452... |
Line 1977... |
\def\sfshape{ss}
|
\def\sfshape{ss}
|
\def\sfbshape{ss}
|
\def\sfbshape{ss}
|
\def\scshape{csc}
|
\def\scshape{csc}
|
\def\scbshape{csc}
|
\def\scbshape{csc}
|
|
|
|
% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
|
|
% Texinfo.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
|
% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
|
% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
|
\newcount\mainmagstep
|
\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
|
\ifx\bigger\relax
|
\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
|
% not really supported.
|
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
\mainmagstep=\magstep1
|
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
|
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
|
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
|
\else
|
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
|
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
|
\fi
|
|
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
|
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
|
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
|
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
|
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
|
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
|
|
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
|
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
|
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
|
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
|
|
\def\textecsize{1095}
|
|
|
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
|
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
|
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
|
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
|
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
|
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
|
\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
|
\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
|
|
|
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
|
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
|
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
|
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
|
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
|
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
|
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
|
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
|
\font\smalli=cmmi9
|
\font\smalli=cmmi9
|
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
|
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
|
|
\def\smallecsize{0900}
|
|
|
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
|
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
|
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
|
\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
|
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
|
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
|
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
|
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
|
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
|
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
|
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
|
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
|
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
|
|
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
|
|
|
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
|
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
|
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
|
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
|
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
|
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
|
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
|
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
|
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
|
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
|
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
|
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
|
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
|
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
|
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
|
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
|
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
|
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
|
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
|
\def\authorrm{\secrm}
|
\def\titleecsize{2074}
|
\def\authortt{\sectt}
|
|
|
|
% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
|
% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
|
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
|
\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
|
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
|
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
|
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
|
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
|
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
|
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
|
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
|
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
|
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
|
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
|
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
|
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
|
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
|
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
|
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
|
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
|
|
\def\chapecsize{1728}
|
|
|
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
|
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
|
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
|
\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
|
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
|
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
|
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
|
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
|
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
|
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
|
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
\let\secbf\secrm
|
\let\secbf\secrm
|
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
|
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
|
\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
|
\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
|
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
|
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
|
|
\def\sececsize{1440}
|
|
|
% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
|
% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
|
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
|
\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
|
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
|
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
|
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
|
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
|
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
|
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
|
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
|
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
|
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
|
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
|
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
|
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
|
\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
|
\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
|
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
|
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
|
|
\def\ssececsize{1200}
|
|
|
% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
|
% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
|
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
|
\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
|
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
|
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
\font\reducedi=cmmi10
|
\font\reducedi=cmmi10
|
\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
|
\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
|
|
\def\reducedecsize{1000}
|
|
|
|
% reset the current fonts
|
|
\textfonts
|
|
\rm
|
|
} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
|
|
% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
|
|
% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
|
|
% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\definetextfontsizex{%
|
|
% Text fonts (10pt).
|
|
\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
|
|
\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
|
|
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
|
|
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
|
|
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
|
|
\def\textecsize{1000}
|
|
|
|
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
|
|
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
|
|
\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
|
|
|
|
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
|
|
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
|
|
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
|
|
\font\smalli=cmmi9
|
|
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
|
|
\def\smallecsize{0900}
|
|
|
|
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
|
|
\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
|
|
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
|
|
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
|
|
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
|
|
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
|
|
|
|
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
|
|
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
|
|
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
|
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
|
|
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
|
|
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
|
|
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
|
|
\def\titleecsize{2074}
|
|
|
|
% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
|
|
\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
|
|
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
|
\let\chapbf\chaprm
|
|
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
|
|
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
|
|
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
|
|
\def\chapecsize{1440}
|
|
|
|
% Section fonts (12pt).
|
|
\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
|
|
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\let\secbf\secrm
|
|
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
|
|
\font\seci=cmmi12
|
|
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
|
|
\def\sececsize{1200}
|
|
|
|
% Subsection fonts (10pt).
|
|
\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
|
|
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
|
|
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\font\sseci=cmmi10
|
|
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
|
|
\def\ssececsize{1000}
|
|
|
|
% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
|
|
\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
|
|
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
|
|
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
|
|
\font\reducedi=cmmi9
|
|
\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
|
|
\def\reducedecsize{0900}
|
|
|
|
% reduce space between paragraphs
|
|
\divide\parskip by 2
|
|
|
|
% reset the current fonts
|
|
\textfonts
|
|
\rm
|
|
} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
% We provide the user-level command
|
|
% @fonttextsize 10
|
|
% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\xword{10}
|
|
\def\xiword{11}
|
|
%
|
|
\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
|
|
\def\textsizearg{#1}%
|
|
\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
|
|
%
|
|
% Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
|
|
% makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
|
|
%
|
|
\begingroup \globaldefs=1
|
|
\ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
|
|
\else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
|
|
\else
|
|
\errhelp=\EMsimple
|
|
\errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
|
|
\fi\fi
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
|
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
|
% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
|
% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
|
% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
|
% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
|
% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
|
% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
|
| Line 1593... |
Line 2293... |
\def\textfonts{%
|
\def\textfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
|
\let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
|
\let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
|
\let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
|
\let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
|
\let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
|
\let\tenttsl=\textttsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\textttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{text}%
|
\def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
|
\def\titlefonts{%
|
\def\titlefonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
|
\let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
|
\let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
|
\let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
|
\let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
|
\let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
|
\let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{title}%
|
\def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
|
\def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
|
\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
|
\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
|
\def\chapfonts{%
|
\def\chapfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
|
\let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
|
\let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
|
\let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
|
\let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
|
\let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
|
|
\let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{chap}%
|
\def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
|
\def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
|
\def\secfonts{%
|
\def\secfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
|
\let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
|
\let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
|
\let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
|
\let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
|
\let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
|
\let\tenttsl=\secttsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\secttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{sec}%
|
\def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
|
\def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
|
\def\subsecfonts{%
|
\def\subsecfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
|
\let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
|
\let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
|
\let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
|
\let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
|
\let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
|
\let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{ssec}%
|
\def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
|
\def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
|
\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
|
\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
|
\def\reducedfonts{%
|
\def\reducedfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
|
\let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
|
\let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
|
\let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
|
\let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
|
\let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
|
\let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{reduced}%
|
\def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
|
\def\smallfonts{%
|
\def\smallfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
|
\let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
|
\let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
|
\let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
|
\let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
|
\let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
|
\let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{small}%
|
\def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
|
\def\smallerfonts{%
|
\def\smallerfonts{%
|
\let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
|
\let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
|
\let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
|
\let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
|
\let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
|
\let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
|
\let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
|
\let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
|
|
\def\curfontsize{smaller}%
|
\def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
|
\resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
|
|
|
|
% Fonts for short table of contents.
|
|
\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
|
|
\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
|
|
\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
|
|
|
|
% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
|
|
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
|
|
\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
|
|
|
% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
|
% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
|
\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
|
\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
|
|
|
% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
|
% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
|
% can fit this many characters:
|
% can fit this many characters:
|
| Line 1659... |
Line 2378... |
% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
|
% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
|
% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
|
% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
|
%
|
%
|
% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
|
% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
|
% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
|
% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
|
%
|
|
% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
|
|
% --karl, 24jan03.
|
% --karl, 24jan03.
|
|
|
|
|
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
|
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
|
%
|
%
|
\textfonts \rm
|
\definetextfontsizexi
|
|
|
% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
|
|
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
|
\message{markup,}
|
\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
|
|
|
% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
|
|
% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
|
|
% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
|
|
% this property, we can check that font parameter.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
|
|
|
|
% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
|
|
% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
|
|
% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
|
|
% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
|
|
% currently in effect.
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupvar
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupsamp
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupkey
|
|
%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
|
|
%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupcode
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupkbd
|
|
%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
|
|
%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
|
|
\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupexample
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupverb
|
|
\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
|
|
|
|
\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
|
|
|
|
\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
|
|
\csname markup#1true\endcsname
|
|
\def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
|
|
\markupstylesetup
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\let\markupstylesetup\empty
|
|
|
|
\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{%
|
|
\expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup
|
|
\expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}%
|
|
\def#1%
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
|
|
\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
|
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
|
|
\ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
|
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
|
|
\ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
\catcode`\'=\active
|
|
\catcode`\`=\active
|
|
|
|
\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq}
|
|
\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq}
|
|
|
|
\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft}
|
|
\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright}
|
|
|
|
\gdef\markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft{\let`\noligaturesquoteleft}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
|
|
\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
|
|
\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
|
|
\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
|
|
\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
|
|
\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
|
|
\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
|
|
\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
|
|
|
|
\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft
|
|
\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft
|
|
|
|
% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
|
|
% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
|
|
% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
|
|
% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
|
|
% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the
|
|
% regular 0x27.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\codequoteright{%
|
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
|
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
|
|
'%
|
|
\else \char'15 \fi
|
|
\else \char'15 \fi
|
|
}
|
|
%
|
|
% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
|
|
% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
|
|
% the code environments to do likewise.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\codequoteleft{%
|
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
|
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
|
|
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
|
|
% \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
|
|
\relax`%
|
|
\else \char'22 \fi
|
|
\else \char'22 \fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
|
|
\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
|
|
|
% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
|
% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
|
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
|
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
|
|
|
% Fonts for short table of contents.
|
|
\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
|
|
\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
|
|
\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
|
|
\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
|
|
|
|
%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
|
%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
|
%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
|
%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
|
|
|
% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
|
% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
|
% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
|
% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
|
| Line 1695... |
Line 2514... |
|
|
% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
|
% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
|
% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
|
% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
|
\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
|
\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
|
|
|
% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
|
% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
|
% ttsl for book titles, do we?
|
% ttsl for book titles, do we?
|
\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
|
\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
|
|
|
\let\i=\smartitalic
|
\let\i=\smartitalic
|
\let\var=\smartslanted
|
\let\slanted=\smartslanted
|
|
\def\var#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\smartslanted{#1}}}
|
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
|
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
|
\let\emph=\smartitalic
|
\let\emph=\smartitalic
|
|
|
|
% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
|
|
\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
|
|
\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
|
|
\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
|
|
|
|
% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
|
\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
|
\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
|
\let\strong=\b
|
\let\strong=\b
|
|
|
|
% @sansserif, explicit sans.
|
|
\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
|
|
|
% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
|
% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
|
% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
|
% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
|
% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
|
% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
|
\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
|
| Line 1719... |
Line 2548... |
% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
|
% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
|
% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
|
% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
|
% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
|
% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
|
%
|
%
|
\catcode`@=11
|
\catcode`@=11
|
\def\frenchspacing{%
|
\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
|
\sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
|
\sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
|
\sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
|
\sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
|
|
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
|
|
}
|
|
\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
|
|
\sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
|
|
\sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
|
|
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
|
}
|
}
|
\catcode`@=\other
|
\catcode`@=\other
|
|
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
|
|
|
|
% @t, explicit typewriter.
|
\def\t#1{%
|
\def\t#1{%
|
{\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
|
{\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
|
\null
|
\null
|
}
|
}
|
\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
|
|
\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
|
% @samp.
|
\font\keysy=cmsy9
|
\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
|
\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
|
|
\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
|
% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
|
\vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
|
%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
|
\hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
|
%\font\keysy=cmsy9
|
\kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
|
%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
|
\kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
|
% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
|
% The old definition, with no lozenge:
|
% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
|
%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
|
% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
|
|
% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
|
|
% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
|
|
|
|
% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already
|
|
% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But
|
|
% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}%
|
|
\nohyphenation
|
|
\ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
|
|
#1}\null}
|
|
|
|
% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command.
|
\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
|
\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
|
|
|
% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
|
% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
|
\let\file=\samp
|
\let\file=\samp
|
\let\option=\samp
|
\let\option=\samp
|
| Line 1763... |
Line 2613... |
%
|
%
|
% Turn off hyphenation.
|
% Turn off hyphenation.
|
\nohyphenation
|
\nohyphenation
|
%
|
%
|
\rawbackslash
|
\rawbackslash
|
\frenchspacing
|
\plainfrenchspacing
|
#1%
|
#1%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\null
|
\null
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 1779... |
Line 2629... |
% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
|
% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
|
% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
|
% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
|
% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
|
% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
|
% -- rms.
|
% -- rms.
|
{
|
{
|
\catcode`\-=\active
|
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
|
\catcode`\_=\active
|
\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
|
|
\global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
|
%
|
%
|
\global\def\code{\begingroup
|
\global\def\code{\begingroup
|
\catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
|
\setupmarkupstyle{code}%
|
\catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
|
% The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers.
|
|
\catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
|
|
\ifallowcodebreaks
|
|
\let-\codedash
|
|
\let_\codeunder
|
|
\else
|
|
\let-\realdash
|
|
\let_\realunder
|
|
\fi
|
\codex
|
\codex
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\realdash{-}
|
\def\realdash{-}
|
| Line 1804... |
Line 2663... |
\discretionary{}{}{}}%
|
\discretionary{}{}{}}%
|
{\_}%
|
{\_}%
|
}
|
}
|
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
|
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
|
|
|
|
% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
|
|
% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
|
|
% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
|
|
% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
|
|
%
|
|
\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
|
|
|
|
\def\keywordtrue{true}
|
|
\def\keywordfalse{false}
|
|
|
|
\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
|
|
\def\txiarg{#1}%
|
|
\ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
|
|
\allowcodebreakstrue
|
|
\else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
|
|
\allowcodebreaksfalse
|
|
\else
|
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
|
\errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
|
|
\fi\fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
|
% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
|
% then @kbd has no effect.
|
% then @kbd has no effect.
|
|
\def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}}
|
|
|
% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
|
% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
|
% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
|
% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
|
% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
|
% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
|
\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
|
\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
|
\def\arg{#1}%
|
\def\txiarg{#1}%
|
\ifx\arg\worddistinct
|
\ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
|
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
|
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
|
\else\ifx\arg\wordexample
|
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
|
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
|
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
|
\else\ifx\arg\wordcode
|
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
|
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
|
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
\errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
|
\errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
}
|
}
|
\def\worddistinct{distinct}
|
\def\worddistinct{distinct}
|
\def\wordexample{example}
|
\def\wordexample{example}
|
\def\wordcode{code}
|
\def\wordcode{code}
|
|
|
% Default is `distinct.'
|
% Default is `distinct'.
|
\kbdinputstyle distinct
|
\kbdinputstyle distinct
|
|
|
\def\xkey{\key}
|
\def\xkey{\key}
|
\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
|
\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
|
\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
|
\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
|
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
|
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
|
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
|
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi}
|
|
|
% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
|
% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
|
\let\url=\code
|
\let\indicateurl=\code
|
\let\env=\code
|
\let\env=\code
|
\let\command=\code
|
\let\command=\code
|
|
|
|
% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
|
|
\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
|
|
|
|
% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
|
|
\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
|
|
\def\click{\arrow}
|
|
|
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
|
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
|
% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
|
% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
|
% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
|
% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
|
% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
|
% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
|
% a hypertex \special here.
|
% a hypertex \special here.
|
| Line 1869... |
Line 2758... |
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\endlink
|
\endlink
|
\endgroup}
|
\endgroup}
|
|
|
|
% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
|
|
%
|
|
\let\url=\uref
|
|
|
% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
|
% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
|
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
|
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
|
%
|
%
|
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
|
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
|
\ifpdf
|
\ifpdf
|
| Line 1886... |
Line 2779... |
\endgroup}
|
\endgroup}
|
\else
|
\else
|
\let\email=\uref
|
\let\email=\uref
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
|
|
% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
|
|
% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
|
|
% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
|
|
% this property, we can check that font parameter.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
|
|
|
|
% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
|
% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
|
% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
|
% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
|
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
|
|
|
\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
|
|
|
|
% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
|
% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
|
% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
|
% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
|
% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
|
% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
|
%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
|
%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
|
|
|
% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
|
% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
|
\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
|
% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
|
\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
|
% all-uppercase.
|
\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
|
%
|
|
|
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
|
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
|
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
|
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
|
{\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
|
{\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
|
\def\temp{#2}%
|
\def\temp{#2}%
|
\ifx\temp\empty \else
|
\ifx\temp\empty \else
|
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
|
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which is in the CM italic font.
|
% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
|
|
% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
|
|
\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
|
|
{\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
|
|
\def\temp{#2}%
|
|
\ifx\temp\empty \else
|
|
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
|
|
\fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
\message{glyphs,}
|
|
|
|
% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
|
|
%
|
|
% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
|
|
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\point{$\star$}
|
|
\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
|
|
|
|
% The @error{} command.
|
|
% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
|
|
%
|
|
\newbox\errorbox
|
|
%
|
|
{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
|
|
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
|
|
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
|
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
|
|
%
|
|
\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
|
|
\hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
|
|
\advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
|
|
\vbox{%
|
|
\hrule height\dimen2
|
|
\hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
|
|
\vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
|
|
\kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
|
|
\hrule height\dimen2}
|
|
\hfil}
|
|
%
|
|
\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
|
|
|
|
% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
|
\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
|
|
|
|
% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
|
|
% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
|
|
% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
|
|
% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
|
|
% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
|
|
%
|
|
% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
|
|
% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
|
|
% font height.
|
|
%
|
|
% feymr - regular
|
|
% feymo - slanted
|
|
% feybr - bold
|
|
% feybo - bold slanted
|
|
%
|
|
% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
|
|
% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
|
|
% Hmm.
|
|
%
|
|
% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
|
|
% Hope not.
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
|
\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
|
|
\def\eurofont{%
|
|
% We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
|
|
% \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
|
|
% installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
|
|
% font installed.
|
|
%
|
|
% There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
|
|
% that to the current nominal size.
|
|
%
|
|
% By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
|
|
% does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
|
|
%
|
|
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
|
|
% bold:
|
|
\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
|
|
\else
|
|
% regular:
|
|
\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
|
|
\fi
|
|
\thiseurofont
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
|
|
% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
|
|
% the redefinition.
|
|
%
|
|
% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
|
|
\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
|
|
\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
|
|
\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
|
|
\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
|
|
%
|
|
\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
|
|
\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
|
|
\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
|
|
\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
|
|
\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
|
|
\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
|
|
\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
|
|
\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
|
|
%
|
|
% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
|
|
% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
|
|
% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
|
|
% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
|
|
%
|
|
% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
|
|
% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
|
|
% the same EC font.
|
|
\def\ogonek#1{{%
|
|
\def\temp{#1}%
|
|
\ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
|
|
\else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
|
|
\else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
|
|
\else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
|
|
\else
|
|
\ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
|
|
\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
|
|
\else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\fi\fi\fi\fi
|
|
}%
|
|
}
|
|
\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
|
|
\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
|
|
\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
|
|
\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
|
|
%
|
|
% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs.
|
|
\def\ecfont{%
|
|
% We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
|
|
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
|
|
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
|
|
% hopefully nobody will notice/care.
|
|
\edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
|
|
\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
|
|
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
|
|
% bold:
|
|
\font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
|
|
\else
|
|
% regular:
|
|
\font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
|
|
\fi
|
|
\thisecfont
|
|
}
|
|
|
% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
|
% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
|
% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
|
% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
|
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
|
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\registeredsymbol{%
|
\def\registeredsymbol{%
|
$^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
|
$^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
|
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
|
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
|
}$%
|
}$%
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
|
|
|
|
% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
|
|
% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
|
|
% so we'll define it if necessary.
|
|
%
|
|
\ifx\Orb\undefined
|
|
\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
|
|
\fi
|
|
|
|
% Quotes.
|
|
\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
|
|
\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
|
|
\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
|
|
\chardef\quoteright=`\'
|
|
|
|
|
\message{page headings,}
|
\message{page headings,}
|
|
|
\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
|
\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
|
\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
|
\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
|
| Line 2017... |
Line 3080... |
%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
|
%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
|
|
|
\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
|
\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
|
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
|
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
|
|
|
\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
|
|
\let\tt=\authortt}
|
|
|
|
\parseargdef\title{%
|
\parseargdef\title{%
|
\checkenv\titlepage
|
\checkenv\titlepage
|
\leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
|
\leftline{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}
|
% print a rule at the page bottom also.
|
% print a rule at the page bottom also.
|
\finishedtitlepagefalse
|
\finishedtitlepagefalse
|
\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
|
\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 2043... |
Line 3103... |
\ifx\thisenv\temp
|
\ifx\thisenv\temp
|
\def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
|
\def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
|
\else
|
\else
|
\checkenv\titlepage
|
\checkenv\titlepage
|
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
|
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
|
{\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
|
{\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
%%% Set up page headings and footings.
|
%%% Set up page headings and footings.
|
| Line 2096... |
Line 3156... |
\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
|
\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
|
\global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
|
\global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
|
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
|
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
|
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
|
\global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
|
\global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
|
\global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
|
\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
|
\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
|
|
|
|
% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
|
|
% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
|
|
%
|
|
% The same set of arguments for:
|
|
%
|
|
% @oddheadingmarks
|
|
% @evenfootingmarks
|
|
% @oddfootingmarks
|
|
% @everyheadingmarks
|
|
% @everyfootingmarks
|
|
|
|
\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
|
|
\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
|
|
\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
|
|
\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
|
|
\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
|
|
\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
|
|
\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
|
|
\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
|
|
% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
|
|
\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
|
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
|
|
\global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\everyheadingmarks bottom
|
|
\everyfootingmarks bottom
|
|
|
% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
|
% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
|
% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
|
% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
|
% @headings off turns them off.
|
% @headings off turns them off.
|
% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
|
% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
|
| Line 2238... |
Line 3325... |
%
|
%
|
% We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
|
% We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
|
% \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
|
% \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
|
\nobreak \vskip-\parskip
|
\nobreak \vskip-\parskip
|
%
|
%
|
% Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
|
% Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
|
% we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
|
% what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
|
% \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
|
% \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
|
% such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
|
% cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
|
% the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
|
% bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
|
% crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
|
% \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
|
% to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
|
%
|
% (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
|
|
% @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
|
|
% maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
|
|
% penalty 10001...)
|
|
\penalty 10001
|
\penalty 10001
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
|
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
|
\else
|
\else
|
% The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
|
% The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
|
| Line 2274... |
Line 3357... |
\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
|
\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
|
|
|
% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
|
% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
|
\envdef\table{%
|
\envdef\table{%
|
\let\itemindex\gobble
|
\let\itemindex\gobble
|
\tablex
|
\tablecheck{table}%
|
}
|
}
|
\envdef\ftable{%
|
\envdef\ftable{%
|
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
|
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
|
\tablex
|
\tablecheck{ftable}%
|
}
|
}
|
\envdef\vtable{%
|
\envdef\vtable{%
|
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
|
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
|
\tablex
|
\tablecheck{vtable}%
|
|
}
|
|
\def\tablecheck#1{%
|
|
\ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
\errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
|
|
that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
|
|
\def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
|
|
\else
|
|
\let\next\tablex
|
|
\fi
|
|
\next
|
}
|
}
|
\def\tablex#1{%
|
\def\tablex#1{%
|
\def\itemindicate{#1}%
|
\def\itemindicate{#1}%
|
\parsearg\tabley
|
\parsearg\tabley
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 2331... |
Line 3425... |
\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
|
\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
|
\exdentamount=\itemindent
|
\exdentamount=\itemindent
|
\parindent=0pt
|
\parindent=0pt
|
\parskip=\smallskipamount
|
\parskip=\smallskipamount
|
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
|
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
|
|
%
|
|
% Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says
|
|
% something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
|
|
% right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
|
|
% world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
|
|
% the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
|
\def\itemcontents{#1}%
|
\def\itemcontents{#1}%
|
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
|
|
%
|
% @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
|
% @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
|
\ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
|
\ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
|
|
%
|
\let\item=\itemizeitem
|
\let\item=\itemizeitem
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
|
% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 2354... |
Line 3457... |
% space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
|
% space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
|
% that's the theory.
|
% that's the theory.
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
|
\noindent
|
\noindent
|
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
|
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
|
|
%
|
\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
|
\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
|
\flushcr
|
\flushcr
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
|
% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
|
| Line 2575... |
Line 3679... |
|
|
% multitable-only commands.
|
% multitable-only commands.
|
%
|
%
|
% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
|
% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
|
% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
|
% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
|
% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
|
% of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to
|
\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
|
% undo it ourselves.
|
|
\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
|
|
\def\headitem{%
|
|
\checkenv\multitable
|
|
\crcr
|
|
\global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
|
|
\the\everytab % for the first item
|
|
}%
|
%
|
%
|
% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
|
% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
|
% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
|
% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
|
% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
|
% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
|
% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
|
% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
|
\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
|
\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
|
|
|
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
|
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 2593... |
Line 3704... |
\envdef\multitable{%
|
\envdef\multitable{%
|
\vskip\parskip
|
\vskip\parskip
|
\startsavinginserts
|
\startsavinginserts
|
%
|
%
|
% @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
|
% @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
|
\let\item\crcr
|
% We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
|
|
% contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
|
|
% \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
|
|
\def\item{\crcr}%
|
%
|
%
|
\tolerance=9500
|
\tolerance=9500
|
\hbadness=9500
|
\hbadness=9500
|
\setmultitablespacing
|
\setmultitablespacing
|
\parskip=\multitableparskip
|
\parskip=\multitableparskip
|
| Line 2678... |
Line 3792... |
\crcr
|
\crcr
|
\egroup % end the \halign
|
\egroup % end the \halign
|
\global\setpercentfalse
|
\global\setpercentfalse
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
|
\def\setmultitablespacing{%
|
% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
|
\def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
|
% current baselineskip.
|
%
|
|
% Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
|
|
% \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
|
|
% this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
|
|
% See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
|
\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
|
\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
|
\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
|
\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
|
\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
|
\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
|
%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
|
\fi
|
%% to keep lines equally spaced
|
|
\let\multistrut = \strut
|
|
\else
|
|
%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
|
|
\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
|
|
width0pt\relax} \fi
|
|
%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
|
%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
|
%% table. If not, do nothing.
|
%% table. If not, do nothing.
|
%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
|
%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
|
\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
|
\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
|
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
|
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
|
| Line 2748... |
Line 3860... |
% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
|
% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
|
\newcount\doignorecount
|
\newcount\doignorecount
|
|
|
\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
|
\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
|
% Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
|
% Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
|
|
\obeylines
|
\catcode`\@ = \other
|
\catcode`\@ = \other
|
\catcode`\{ = \other
|
\catcode`\{ = \other
|
\catcode`\} = \other
|
\catcode`\} = \other
|
%
|
%
|
% Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
|
% Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
|
| Line 2766... |
Line 3879... |
|
|
{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
|
{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
|
\obeylines %
|
\obeylines %
|
%
|
%
|
\gdef\dodoignore#1{%
|
\gdef\dodoignore#1{%
|
% #1 contains the string `ifinfo'.
|
% #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
|
|
%
|
|
% Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
|
|
\long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
|
|
\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
|
|
% by itself.
|
|
\long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
|
|
% And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
|
% And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
|
% line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
|
% line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
|
% example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
|
% example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
|
\long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
|
\long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
|
%
|
%
|
% And now expand that command.
|
% And now expand that command.
|
\obeylines %
|
|
\doignoretext ^^M%
|
\doignoretext ^^M%
|
}%
|
}%
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
|
\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
|
| Line 2807... |
Line 3920... |
\fi
|
\fi
|
\next
|
\next
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Finish off ignored text.
|
% Finish off ignored text.
|
\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
|
{ \obeylines%
|
|
% Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
|
|
% environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
|
|
% would result in a blank line in the output.
|
|
\gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
|
% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
|
% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
|
% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 2920... |
Line 4038... |
|
|
\message{indexing,}
|
\message{indexing,}
|
% Index generation facilities
|
% Index generation facilities
|
|
|
% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
|
% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
|
% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
|
% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
|
{\catcode`\@=11
|
\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
|
\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
|
|
|
|
% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
|
% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
|
% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
|
% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
|
% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
|
% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
|
% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
|
% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
|
| Line 2973... |
Line 4090... |
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
|
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
|
% #3 the target index (bar).
|
% #3 the target index (bar).
|
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
|
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
|
% Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
|
% Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
|
% closing the target index.
|
% closing the target index.
|
\expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
|
\expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
|
% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
|
% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
|
% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
|
% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
|
\expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
|
\expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
|
\expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
|
\expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
% redefine \fooindfile:
|
% redefine \fooindfile:
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
|
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
|
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
|
% redefine \fooindex:
|
% redefine \fooindex:
|
| Line 3008... |
Line 4125... |
% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
|
% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
|
% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
|
% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
|
% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
|
% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\indexdummies{%
|
\def\indexdummies{%
|
|
\escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
|
\def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
|
\def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
|
\def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
|
\def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
|
|
%
|
% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
|
% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
|
% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
|
% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
|
% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
|
% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
|
\let\{ = \mylbrace
|
\let\{ = \mylbrace
|
\let\} = \myrbrace
|
\let\} = \myrbrace
|
%
|
%
|
% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
|
% I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
|
% effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
|
% generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
|
% words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
|
% causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
|
% for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
|
% apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
|
% from whatever follows.
|
% is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
|
|
% disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
|
|
% processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
|
|
% seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
|
|
% is still getting written without apparent harm.
|
|
%
|
|
% Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
|
|
% help-texinfo, 22may06):
|
|
% @macro funindex {WORD}
|
|
% @findex xyz
|
|
% @end macro
|
|
% ...
|
|
% @funindex commtest
|
%
|
%
|
% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
|
% The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
|
% space.
|
|
%
|
%
|
% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
|
% Sample whatsit resulting:
|
% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
|
% .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
|
% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
|
|
%
|
%
|
\def\definedummyword##1{%
|
% So:
|
\expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
|
\let\endinput = \empty
|
}%
|
|
\def\definedummyletter##1{%
|
|
\expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
|
|
}%
|
|
%
|
%
|
% Do the redefinitions.
|
% Do the redefinitions.
|
\commondummies
|
\commondummies
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
|
% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
|
% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
|
% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
|
% @, this will be simpler.
|
% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
|
|
% this will be simpler.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\atdummies{%
|
\def\atdummies{%
|
\def\@{@@}%
|
\def\@{@@}%
|
\def\ {@ }%
|
\def\ {@ }%
|
\let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
|
\let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
|
\let\} = \rbraceatcmd
|
\let\} = \rbraceatcmd
|
%
|
%
|
% (See comments in \indexdummies.)
|
|
\def\definedummyword##1{%
|
|
\expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\def\definedummyletter##1{%
|
|
\expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
|
|
}%
|
|
%
|
|
% Do the redefinitions.
|
% Do the redefinitions.
|
\commondummies
|
\commondummies
|
|
\otherbackslash
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
|
% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
|
% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
|
|
%
|
%
|
\def\commondummies{%
|
\def\commondummies{%
|
%
|
%
|
\normalturnoffactive
|
% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
|
|
% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
|
|
% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
|
|
% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
|
|
% from whatever follows.
|
|
%
|
|
% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
|
|
% space.
|
|
%
|
|
% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
|
|
% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
|
|
% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
|
|
%
|
|
\def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
|
|
\def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
|
|
\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
|
%
|
%
|
\commondummiesnofonts
|
\commondummiesnofonts
|
%
|
%
|
\definedummyletter{_}%
|
\definedummyletter\_%
|
%
|
%
|
% Non-English letters.
|
% Non-English letters.
|
\definedummyword{AA}%
|
\definedummyword\AA
|
\definedummyword{AE}%
|
\definedummyword\AE
|
\definedummyword{L}%
|
\definedummyword\DH
|
\definedummyword{OE}%
|
\definedummyword\L
|
\definedummyword{O}%
|
\definedummyword\O
|
\definedummyword{aa}%
|
\definedummyword\OE
|
\definedummyword{ae}%
|
\definedummyword\TH
|
\definedummyword{l}%
|
\definedummyword\aa
|
\definedummyword{oe}%
|
\definedummyword\ae
|
\definedummyword{o}%
|
\definedummyword\dh
|
\definedummyword{ss}%
|
\definedummyword\exclamdown
|
\definedummyword{exclamdown}%
|
\definedummyword\l
|
\definedummyword{questiondown}%
|
\definedummyword\o
|
\definedummyword{ordf}%
|
\definedummyword\oe
|
\definedummyword{ordm}%
|
\definedummyword\ordf
|
|
\definedummyword\ordm
|
|
\definedummyword\questiondown
|
|
\definedummyword\ss
|
|
\definedummyword\th
|
%
|
%
|
% Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
|
% Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
|
\definedummyword{bf}%
|
\definedummyword\bf
|
\definedummyword{gtr}%
|
\definedummyword\gtr
|
\definedummyword{hat}%
|
\definedummyword\hat
|
\definedummyword{less}%
|
\definedummyword\less
|
\definedummyword{sf}%
|
\definedummyword\sf
|
\definedummyword{sl}%
|
\definedummyword\sl
|
\definedummyword{tclose}%
|
\definedummyword\tclose
|
\definedummyword{tt}%
|
\definedummyword\tt
|
%
|
%
|
\definedummyword{LaTeX}%
|
\definedummyword\LaTeX
|
\definedummyword{TeX}%
|
\definedummyword\TeX
|
%
|
%
|
% Assorted special characters.
|
% Assorted special characters.
|
\definedummyword{bullet}%
|
\definedummyword\bullet
|
\definedummyword{copyright}%
|
\definedummyword\comma
|
\definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
|
\definedummyword\copyright
|
\definedummyword{dots}%
|
\definedummyword\registeredsymbol
|
\definedummyword{enddots}%
|
\definedummyword\dots
|
\definedummyword{equiv}%
|
\definedummyword\enddots
|
\definedummyword{error}%
|
\definedummyword\equiv
|
\definedummyword{expansion}%
|
\definedummyword\error
|
\definedummyword{minus}%
|
\definedummyword\euro
|
\definedummyword{pounds}%
|
\definedummyword\guillemetleft
|
\definedummyword{point}%
|
\definedummyword\guillemetright
|
\definedummyword{print}%
|
\definedummyword\guilsinglleft
|
\definedummyword{result}%
|
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
|
|
\definedummyword\expansion
|
|
\definedummyword\minus
|
|
\definedummyword\ogonek
|
|
\definedummyword\pounds
|
|
\definedummyword\point
|
|
\definedummyword\print
|
|
\definedummyword\quotedblbase
|
|
\definedummyword\quotedblleft
|
|
\definedummyword\quotedblright
|
|
\definedummyword\quoteleft
|
|
\definedummyword\quoteright
|
|
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
|
|
\definedummyword\result
|
|
\definedummyword\textdegree
|
|
%
|
|
% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
|
|
\macrolist
|
|
%
|
|
\normalturnoffactive
|
%
|
%
|
% Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
|
% Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
|
% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
|
% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
%
|
|
% Normal spaces, not active ones.
|
|
\unsepspaces
|
|
%
|
|
% No macro expansion.
|
|
\turnoffmacros
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
|
% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
|
%
|
%
|
% Better have this without active chars.
|
\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
|
{
|
|
\catcode`\~=\other
|
|
\gdef\commondummiesnofonts{%
|
|
% Control letters and accents.
|
% Control letters and accents.
|
\definedummyletter{!}%
|
\definedummyletter\!%
|
\definedummyletter{"}%
|
\definedummyaccent\"%
|
\definedummyletter{'}%
|
\definedummyaccent\'%
|
\definedummyletter{*}%
|
\definedummyletter\*%
|
\definedummyletter{,}%
|
\definedummyaccent\,%
|
\definedummyletter{.}%
|
\definedummyletter\.%
|
\definedummyletter{/}%
|
\definedummyletter\/%
|
\definedummyletter{:}%
|
\definedummyletter\:%
|
\definedummyletter{=}%
|
\definedummyaccent\=%
|
\definedummyletter{?}%
|
\definedummyletter\?%
|
\definedummyletter{^}%
|
\definedummyaccent\^%
|
\definedummyletter{`}%
|
\definedummyaccent\`%
|
\definedummyletter{~}%
|
\definedummyaccent\~%
|
\definedummyword{u}%
|
\definedummyword\u
|
\definedummyword{v}%
|
\definedummyword\v
|
\definedummyword{H}%
|
\definedummyword\H
|
\definedummyword{dotaccent}%
|
\definedummyword\dotaccent
|
\definedummyword{ringaccent}%
|
\definedummyword\ogonek
|
\definedummyword{tieaccent}%
|
\definedummyword\ringaccent
|
\definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
|
\definedummyword\tieaccent
|
\definedummyword{udotaccent}%
|
\definedummyword\ubaraccent
|
\definedummyword{dotless}%
|
\definedummyword\udotaccent
|
|
\definedummyword\dotless
|
%
|
%
|
% Texinfo font commands.
|
% Texinfo font commands.
|
\definedummyword{b}%
|
\definedummyword\b
|
\definedummyword{i}%
|
\definedummyword\i
|
\definedummyword{r}%
|
\definedummyword\r
|
\definedummyword{sc}%
|
\definedummyword\sc
|
\definedummyword{t}%
|
\definedummyword\t
|
%
|
%
|
% Commands that take arguments.
|
% Commands that take arguments.
|
\definedummyword{acronym}%
|
\definedummyword\acronym
|
\definedummyword{cite}%
|
\definedummyword\cite
|
\definedummyword{code}%
|
\definedummyword\code
|
\definedummyword{command}%
|
\definedummyword\command
|
\definedummyword{dfn}%
|
\definedummyword\dfn
|
\definedummyword{emph}%
|
\definedummyword\emph
|
\definedummyword{env}%
|
\definedummyword\env
|
\definedummyword{file}%
|
\definedummyword\file
|
\definedummyword{kbd}%
|
\definedummyword\kbd
|
\definedummyword{key}%
|
\definedummyword\key
|
\definedummyword{math}%
|
\definedummyword\math
|
\definedummyword{option}%
|
\definedummyword\option
|
\definedummyword{samp}%
|
\definedummyword\pxref
|
\definedummyword{strong}%
|
\definedummyword\ref
|
\definedummyword{tie}%
|
\definedummyword\samp
|
\definedummyword{uref}%
|
\definedummyword\strong
|
\definedummyword{url}%
|
\definedummyword\tie
|
\definedummyword{var}%
|
\definedummyword\uref
|
\definedummyword{verb}%
|
\definedummyword\url
|
\definedummyword{w}%
|
\definedummyword\var
|
}
|
\definedummyword\verb
|
|
\definedummyword\w
|
|
\definedummyword\xref
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
|
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
|
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
|
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
|
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
|
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
|
% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
|
% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
|
%
|
%
|
\def\indexnofonts{%
|
\def\indexnofonts{%
|
\def\definedummyword##1{%
|
% Accent commands should become @asis.
|
\expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis
|
\def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
|
}%
|
% We can just ignore other control letters.
|
\let\definedummyletter=\definedummyword
|
\def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
|
|
% Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
|
|
\let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
|
%
|
%
|
\commondummiesnofonts
|
\commondummiesnofonts
|
%
|
%
|
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
|
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
|
% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
|
% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
|
| Line 3216... |
Line 4368... |
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
|
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Non-English letters.
|
% Non-English letters.
|
\def\AA{AA}%
|
\def\AA{AA}%
|
\def\AE{AE}%
|
\def\AE{AE}%
|
|
\def\DH{DZZ}%
|
\def\L{L}%
|
\def\L{L}%
|
\def\OE{OE}%
|
\def\OE{OE}%
|
\def\O{O}%
|
\def\O{O}%
|
|
\def\TH{ZZZ}%
|
\def\aa{aa}%
|
\def\aa{aa}%
|
\def\ae{ae}%
|
\def\ae{ae}%
|
|
\def\dh{dzz}%
|
|
\def\exclamdown{!}%
|
\def\l{l}%
|
\def\l{l}%
|
\def\oe{oe}%
|
\def\oe{oe}%
|
\def\o{o}%
|
|
\def\ss{ss}%
|
|
\def\exclamdown{!}%
|
|
\def\questiondown{?}%
|
|
\def\ordf{a}%
|
\def\ordf{a}%
|
\def\ordm{o}%
|
\def\ordm{o}%
|
|
\def\o{o}%
|
|
\def\questiondown{?}%
|
|
\def\ss{ss}%
|
|
\def\th{zzz}%
|
%
|
%
|
\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
|
\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
|
\def\TeX{TeX}%
|
\def\TeX{TeX}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Assorted special characters.
|
% Assorted special characters.
|
% (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
|
% (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
|
\def\bullet{bullet}%
|
\def\bullet{bullet}%
|
|
\def\comma{,}%
|
\def\copyright{copyright}%
|
\def\copyright{copyright}%
|
\def\registeredsymbol{R}%
|
\def\registeredsymbol{R}%
|
\def\dots{...}%
|
\def\dots{...}%
|
\def\enddots{...}%
|
\def\enddots{...}%
|
\def\equiv{==}%
|
\def\equiv{==}%
|
\def\error{error}%
|
\def\error{error}%
|
|
\def\euro{euro}%
|
|
\def\guillemetleft{<<}%
|
|
\def\guillemetright{>>}%
|
|
\def\guilsinglleft{<}%
|
|
\def\guilsinglright{>}%
|
\def\expansion{==>}%
|
\def\expansion{==>}%
|
\def\minus{-}%
|
\def\minus{-}%
|
\def\pounds{pounds}%
|
\def\pounds{pounds}%
|
\def\point{.}%
|
\def\point{.}%
|
\def\print{-|}%
|
\def\print{-|}%
|
|
\def\quotedblbase{"}%
|
|
\def\quotedblleft{"}%
|
|
\def\quotedblright{"}%
|
|
\def\quoteleft{`}%
|
|
\def\quoteright{'}%
|
|
\def\quotesinglbase{,}%
|
\def\result{=>}%
|
\def\result{=>}%
|
|
\def\textdegree{degrees}%
|
|
%
|
|
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
|
|
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
|
|
% makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
|
|
% writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
|
|
% that starts with \.
|
|
%
|
|
% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
|
|
% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
|
|
% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
|
|
%
|
|
\macrolist
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
|
\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
|
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
|
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
|
|
|
| Line 3275... |
Line 4456... |
\toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
|
\toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
|
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
|
%
|
%
|
\ifvmode
|
\safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
|
\dosubindsanitize
|
|
\else
|
|
\dosubindwrite
|
|
\fi
|
|
}%
|
}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
|
% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
|
| Line 3294... |
Line 4471... |
\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
|
\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Remember, we are within a group.
|
% Remember, we are within a group.
|
\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
|
\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
|
\escapechar=`\\
|
|
\def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
|
\def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
|
% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
|
% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
|
%
|
%
|
% Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
|
% Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
|
% get the string to sort by.
|
% get the string to sort by.
|
| Line 3317... |
Line 4493... |
\string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
|
\string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\temp
|
\temp
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
|
% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
|
%
|
%
|
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
|
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
|
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
|
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
|
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
|
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
|
% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
|
% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
|
% like this:
|
% sequences like this:
|
% @end defun
|
% @end defun
|
% @tindex whatever
|
% @tindex whatever
|
% @defun ...
|
% @defun ...
|
% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
|
% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
|
% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
|
% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
|
| Line 3347... |
Line 4523... |
% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
|
% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
|
% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
|
% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
|
%
|
%
|
\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
|
\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
|
%
|
%
|
|
\newskip\whatsitskip
|
|
\newcount\whatsitpenalty
|
|
%
|
% ..., ready, GO:
|
% ..., ready, GO:
|
%
|
%
|
\def\dosubindsanitize{%
|
\def\safewhatsit#1{%
|
|
\ifhmode
|
|
#1%
|
|
\else
|
% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
|
% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
|
\skip0 = \lastskip
|
\whatsitskip = \lastskip
|
\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
|
\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
|
\count255 = \lastpenalty
|
\whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
|
%
|
%
|
% If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
|
% If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
|
% skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
|
% skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
|
% -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
|
% -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
|
% non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
|
% non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
|
% breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
|
% breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
|
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
|
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
|
\else
|
\else
|
\vskip-\skip0
|
\vskip-\whatsitskip
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\dosubindwrite
|
#1%
|
%
|
%
|
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
|
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
|
% if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
|
% If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
|
% penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
|
% perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
|
% In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
|
% to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
|
% just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
|
% signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
|
% (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
|
% following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
|
|
%
|
% @deffn deffn-whatever
|
% @deffn deffn-whatever
|
% @vindex index-whatever
|
% @vindex index-whatever
|
% Description.
|
% Description.
|
% would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
|
% would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
|
% and the "Description." paragraph.
|
% and the "Description." paragraph.
|
\ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
|
\ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
|
\else
|
\else
|
% On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
|
% On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
|
% this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
|
% this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
|
% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
|
% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
|
\nobreak\vskip\skip0
|
\nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
|
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
|
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
|
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
|
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
|
| Line 3427... |
Line 4611... |
\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
|
\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
|
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
|
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
|
%
|
%
|
\smallfonts \rm
|
\smallfonts \rm
|
\tolerance = 9500
|
\tolerance = 9500
|
|
\plainfrenchspacing
|
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
|
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
|
%
|
%
|
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
|
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
|
% Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
|
% Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
|
% \initial {@}
|
% \initial {@}
|
| Line 3476... |
Line 4661... |
%
|
%
|
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
|
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
|
\removelastskip
|
\removelastskip
|
%
|
%
|
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
|
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
|
\penalty -300
|
\nobreak
|
|
\vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
|
|
\penalty 0
|
|
\vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
|
%
|
%
|
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
|
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
|
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
|
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
|
% to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
|
% to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
|
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
|
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
|
%
|
%
|
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
|
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
|
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
|
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
|
\leftline{\secbf #1}%
|
\leftline{\secbf #1}%
|
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
|
|
%
|
|
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
|
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
|
\nobreak
|
\nobreak
|
|
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
|
}}
|
}}
|
|
|
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
|
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
|
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
|
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
|
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
|
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
|
%
|
%
|
% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
|
% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
|
% \def\entry#1#2{...
|
% \def\entry#1#2{...
|
% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
|
% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
|
% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
|
% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
|
% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
|
% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
|
%
|
%
|
% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
|
% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
|
% --kasal, 21nov03
|
% --kasal, 21nov03
|
| Line 3554... |
Line 4741... |
% #1 is the page number.
|
% #1 is the page number.
|
%
|
%
|
% The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
|
% The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
|
% there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
|
% there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
|
% cursed by a Unix daemon.
|
% cursed by a Unix daemon.
|
\def\tempa{{\rm }}%
|
\setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
|
\def\tempb{#1}%
|
\ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
|
\edef\tempc{\tempa}%
|
|
\edef\tempd{\tempb}%
|
|
\ifx\tempc\tempd
|
|
\ %
|
\ %
|
\else
|
\else
|
%
|
%
|
% If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
|
% If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
|
% this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
|
% this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
|
| Line 3582... |
Line 4766... |
\fi
|
\fi
|
\par
|
\par
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
|
% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
|
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
|
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
|
\hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
|
\hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
|
|
|
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
|
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
|
|
|
\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
|
\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
|
\def\secondary#1#2{{%
|
\def\secondary#1#2{{%
|
| Line 3694... |
Line 4878... |
\hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
|
\hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
|
}
|
}
|
%
|
%
|
% All done with double columns.
|
% All done with double columns.
|
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
|
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
|
|
% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
|
|
% _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
|
|
% following situation:
|
|
%
|
|
% The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
|
|
% Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
|
|
% break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
|
|
% section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
|
|
% fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
|
|
% penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
|
|
% below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
|
|
% routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
|
|
% double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
|
|
% is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
|
|
% the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
|
|
% the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
|
|
% break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
|
|
% page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
|
|
% goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
|
|
% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
|
|
% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
|
|
% and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
|
|
% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
|
|
%
|
|
% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
|
|
% page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
|
|
\penalty0
|
|
%
|
\output = {%
|
\output = {%
|
% Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
|
% Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
|
% current page, no automatic page break.
|
% current page, no automatic page break.
|
\balancecolumns
|
\balancecolumns
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 3803... |
Line 5015... |
% with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
|
% with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
|
\else\char\the\appendixno
|
\else\char\the\appendixno
|
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
|
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
|
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
|
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
|
|
|
% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
|
% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
|
% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
|
% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
|
% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
|
% these. @section does likewise.
|
\def\thischapter{}
|
\def\thischapter{}
|
|
\def\thischapternum{}
|
|
\def\thischaptername{}
|
\def\thissection{}
|
\def\thissection{}
|
|
\def\thissectionnum{}
|
|
\def\thissectionname{}
|
|
|
\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
|
\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
|
\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
|
\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
|
|
|
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
|
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
|
| Line 3820... |
Line 5036... |
|
|
% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
|
% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
|
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
|
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
|
\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
|
\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
|
|
|
% Choose a numbered-heading macro
|
% we only have subsub.
|
% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
|
\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
|
% #2 is text for heading
|
%
|
\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
|
% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
|
\ifcase\absseclevel
|
% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
|
\chapterzzz{#2}%
|
\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
|
\or \seczzz{#2}%
|
%
|
\or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
|
% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
|
\or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
|
% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
|
|
\def\chapheadtype{N}
|
|
|
|
% Choose a heading macro
|
|
% #1 is heading type
|
|
% #2 is heading level
|
|
% #3 is text for heading
|
|
\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
|
|
% Compute the abs. sec. level:
|
|
\absseclevel=#2
|
|
\advance\absseclevel by \secbase
|
|
% Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
|
|
\ifnum \absseclevel < 0
|
|
\absseclevel = 0
|
|
\else
|
|
\ifnum \absseclevel > 3
|
|
\absseclevel = 3
|
|
\fi
|
|
\fi
|
|
% The heading type:
|
|
\def\headtype{#1}%
|
|
\if \headtype U%
|
|
\ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
|
|
\chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else
|
|
% Check for appendix sections:
|
|
\ifnum \absseclevel = 0
|
|
\edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
\ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
|
\if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
|
\else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
|
\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
|
\fi
|
\fi\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
|
% Check for numbered within unnumbered:
|
}
|
\ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
|
|
\def\headtype{U}%
|
% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
|
|
\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
|
|
\ifcase\absseclevel
|
|
\appendixzzz{#2}%
|
|
\or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
|
|
\or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
|
|
\or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
|
|
\else
|
\else
|
\ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
|
\chardef\unmlevel = 3
|
\else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
|
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
|
% Now print the heading:
|
}
|
\if \headtype U%
|
|
\ifcase\absseclevel
|
% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
|
\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
|
\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
|
\or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
|
|
\or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
|
|
\or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else
|
|
\if \headtype A%
|
\ifcase\absseclevel
|
\ifcase\absseclevel
|
\unnumberedzzz{#2}%
|
\appendixzzz{#3}%
|
\or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
|
\or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
|
\or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
|
\or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
|
\or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
|
\or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
|
|
\fi
|
\else
|
\else
|
\ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
|
\ifcase\absseclevel
|
\else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
|
\chapterzzz{#3}%
|
|
\or \seczzz{#3}%
|
|
\or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
|
|
\or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
|
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
|
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
% an interface:
|
|
\def\numhead{\genhead N}
|
|
\def\apphead{\genhead A}
|
|
\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
|
|
|
% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
|
% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
|
% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
|
% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
|
%
|
%
|
% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
|
% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
|
% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
|
% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
|
| Line 3885... |
Line 5136... |
%
|
%
|
% Used for \float.
|
% Used for \float.
|
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
|
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
|
\resetallfloatnos
|
\resetallfloatnos
|
%
|
%
|
\message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
|
% \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
|
|
\toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
|
|
\message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Write the actual heading.
|
% Write the actual heading.
|
\chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
|
\chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
|
%
|
%
|
% So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
|
% So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
|
\global\let\section = \numberedsec
|
\global\let\section = \numberedsec
|
\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
|
\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
|
\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
|
\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
|
\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
|
|
%
|
\def\appendixzzz#1{%
|
\def\appendixzzz#1{%
|
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
|
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
|
\global\advance\appendixno by 1
|
\global\advance\appendixno by 1
|
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
|
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
|
\resetallfloatnos
|
\resetallfloatnos
|
%
|
%
|
\def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
|
% \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
|
\message{\appendixnum}%
|
\toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
|
|
\message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
|
%
|
%
|
\chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
|
\chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
|
%
|
%
|
\global\let\section = \appendixsec
|
\global\let\section = \appendixsec
|
\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
|
\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
|
\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
|
\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
|
|
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
|
|
|
|
\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
|
\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
|
\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
|
\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
|
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
|
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
|
\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
|
\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 3946... |
Line 5198... |
\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
|
\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
|
\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
|
\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
|
\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
|
\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
|
|
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
|
|
% Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
|
|
% an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
|
|
% Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
|
|
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
|
|
\unnmhead0{#1}%
|
|
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
|
|
}
|
|
|
% @top is like @unnumbered.
|
% @top is like @unnumbered.
|
\let\top\unnumbered
|
\let\top\unnumbered
|
|
|
% Sections.
|
% Sections.
|
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
|
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
|
| Line 4012... |
Line 5274... |
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
|
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
|
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
|
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
|
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
|
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
|
|
% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
|
|
\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
|
|
\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
|
|
\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
|
|
\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
|
|
\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
|
|
|
|
\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
|
|
\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
|
|
\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
|
|
\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
|
|
|
|
\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
|
|
\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
|
|
\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
|
|
\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
|
|
|
|
% These macros control what the section commands do, according
|
% These macros control what the section commands do, according
|
% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
|
% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
|
% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
|
% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
|
\let\section = \numberedsec
|
\let\section = \numberedsec
|
\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
|
\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
|
| Line 4047... |
Line 5291... |
% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
|
% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
|
% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
|
% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
|
% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
|
% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
|
% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
|
% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
|
|
|
|
|
\def\majorheading{%
|
\def\majorheading{%
|
{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
|
{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
|
\parsearg\chapheadingzzz
|
\parsearg\chapheadingzzz
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
|
\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
|
\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
|
\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
|
{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
|
{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
|
\parindent=0pt\raggedright
|
\parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright
|
\rm #1\hfill}}%
|
\rmisbold #1\hfill}}%
|
\bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
|
\bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
|
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
|
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
|
% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
|
| Line 4077... |
Line 5320... |
% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
|
% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
|
|
|
%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
|
%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
|
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
|
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
|
|
|
\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
|
|
|
|
%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
|
%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
|
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
|
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
|
|
|
\newskip\chapheadingskip
|
\newskip\chapheadingskip
|
|
|
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
|
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
|
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
|
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
|
\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
|
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
|
|
% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
|
|
% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
|
|
\def\chapoddpage{%
|
|
\chappager
|
|
\ifodd\pageno \else
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
|
|
\oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
|
|
\hbox to 0pt{}%
|
|
\chappager
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
\fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
|
\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
|
|
|
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
|
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
|
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
|
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
|
| Line 4109... |
Line 5363... |
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
|
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
|
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
|
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
|
|
|
\CHAPPAGon
|
\CHAPPAGon
|
|
|
\def\CHAPFplain{%
|
% Chapter opening.
|
\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
|
|
\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
|
|
|
|
% Normal chapter opening.
|
|
%
|
%
|
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
|
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
|
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
|
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
|
%
|
%
|
% To test against our argument.
|
% To test against our argument.
|
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
|
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
|
\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
|
\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
|
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
|
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
|
%
|
%
|
\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
|
\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
|
|
% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
|
|
\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
|
|
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
|
|
\gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
|
|
\gdef\thissection{}}%
|
|
%
|
|
\def\temptype{#2}%
|
|
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
|
|
\gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
|
|
\gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
|
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
|
|
\gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
|
|
\gdef\thischapter{}}%
|
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
|
|
\toks0={#1}%
|
|
\xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
|
|
% \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
|
|
% commands in some of the translations.
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
|
|
\noexpand\thischapternum:
|
|
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\else
|
|
\toks0={#1}%
|
|
\xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
|
|
% \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
|
|
% commands in some of the translations.
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
|
|
\noexpand\thischapternum:
|
|
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
|
%
|
|
% Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
|
|
% the preceding space.
|
|
\safewhatsit\domark
|
|
%
|
|
% Insert the chapter heading break.
|
\pchapsepmacro
|
\pchapsepmacro
|
|
%
|
|
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
|
|
% between here and the heading.
|
|
\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
|
|
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
|
|
\domark
|
|
%
|
{%
|
{%
|
\chapfonts \rm
|
\chapfonts \rmisbold
|
%
|
%
|
% Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
|
% Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
|
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
|
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
|
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
|
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
|
\gdef\thissection{#1}%
|
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
|
\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
|
|
%
|
%
|
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
|
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
|
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
|
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
|
\def\temptype{#2}%
|
|
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
|
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
|
\def\toctype{unnchap}%
|
\def\toctype{unnchap}%
|
\def\thischapter{#1}%
|
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
|
\def\toctype{omit}%
|
\def\toctype{omit}%
|
\xdef\thischapter{}%
|
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
|
\def\toctype{app}%
|
\def\toctype{app}%
|
% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
|
|
% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
|
|
% use \thissection because that changes with each section.
|
|
%
|
|
\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
|
|
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
|
|
\else
|
\else
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
|
\def\toctype{numchap}%
|
\def\toctype{numchap}%
|
\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
|
|
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
|
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
|
% Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
|
% \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
|
% \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
|
% entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
|
% entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
|
| Line 4174... |
Line 5461... |
% text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
|
% text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
|
% being visible, for instance under high magnification.
|
% being visible, for instance under high magnification.
|
\donoderef{#2}%
|
\donoderef{#2}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Typeset the actual heading.
|
% Typeset the actual heading.
|
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
|
\nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
|
|
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
|
\hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
|
\hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
|
\unhbox0 #1\par}%
|
\unhbox0 #1\par}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
|
\nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
|
\nobreak
|
\nobreak
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
|
% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
|
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
|
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
|
\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
|
\def\centerparameters{%
|
\def\centerparametersmaybe{%
|
|
\advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
|
\advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
|
\leftskip = \rightskip
|
\leftskip = \rightskip
|
\parfillskip = 0pt
|
\parfillskip = 0pt
|
}%
|
}
|
\chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
|
|
}}
|
|
|
|
\CHAPFplain % The default
|
|
|
|
% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
|
% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
|
% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
|
% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
|
%
|
%
|
|
\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
|
|
%
|
\def\unnchfopen #1{%
|
\def\unnchfopen #1{%
|
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
|
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
|
\parindent=0pt\raggedright
|
\parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright
|
\rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
|
\rmisbold #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
|
\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
|
\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
|
\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
|
\par\penalty 5000 %
|
\par\penalty 5000 %
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\centerchfopen #1{%
|
\def\centerchfopen #1{%
|
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
|
\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
|
\parindent=0pt
|
\parindent=0pt
|
\hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
|
\hfill {\rmisbold #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\CHAPFopen{%
|
\def\CHAPFopen{%
|
\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
|
\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
|
\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
|
\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
|
|
|
|
|
| Line 4241... |
Line 5524... |
%
|
%
|
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
|
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
|
% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
|
% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
|
% section number.
|
% section number.
|
%
|
%
|
|
\def\seckeyword{sec}
|
|
%
|
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
|
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
|
{%
|
{%
|
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
|
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
|
\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
|
\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
|
%
|
|
% Insert space above the heading.
|
|
\csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
|
|
%
|
%
|
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
|
|
\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
|
\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
|
\def\temptype{#3}%
|
\def\temptype{#3}%
|
%
|
%
|
|
% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
|
|
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
|
|
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
|
|
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
|
|
\gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
|
|
\gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
|
|
% Don't redefine \thissection.
|
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
|
|
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
|
|
\toks0={#1}%
|
|
\xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
|
|
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
|
|
% commands in some of the translations.
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
|
|
\noexpand\thissectionnum:
|
|
\noexpand\thissectionname}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\else
|
|
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
|
|
\toks0={#1}%
|
|
\xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
|
|
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
|
|
% commands in some of the translations.
|
|
\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
|
|
\noexpand\thissectionnum:
|
|
\noexpand\thissectionname}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\fi
|
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
|
%
|
|
% Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
|
|
% don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
|
|
% if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
|
|
\par
|
|
%
|
|
% Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
|
|
% the preceding space.
|
|
\safewhatsit\domark
|
|
%
|
|
% Insert space above the heading.
|
|
\csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
|
|
%
|
|
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
|
|
% between here and the heading.
|
|
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
|
|
\domark
|
|
%
|
|
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
|
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
|
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
|
\def\toctype{unn}%
|
\def\toctype{unn}%
|
\gdef\thissection{#1}%
|
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
|
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
|
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
|
% and don't redefine \thissection.
|
% and don't redefine \lastsection.
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
|
\def\toctype{omit}%
|
\def\toctype{omit}%
|
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
|
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
|
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
|
\def\toctype{app}%
|
\def\toctype{app}%
|
\gdef\thissection{#1}%
|
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
|
\def\toctype{num}%
|
\def\toctype{num}%
|
\gdef\thissection{#1}%
|
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
|
% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
|
\writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
|
\writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
|
%
|
%
|
% Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
|
% Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
|
% Again, see comments in \chfplain.
|
% Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
|
\donoderef{#3}%
|
\donoderef{#3}%
|
%
|
%
|
|
% Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
|
|
% That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
|
|
% preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
|
|
% \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
|
|
% break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
|
|
% section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
|
|
\nobreak
|
|
%
|
% Output the actual section heading.
|
% Output the actual section heading.
|
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
|
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
|
\hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
|
\hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
|
\unhbox0 #1}%
|
\unhbox0 #1}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
% Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
|
% Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
|
% Don't allow stretch, though.
|
% Don't allow stretch, though.
|
| Line 4298... |
Line 5642... |
% We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
|
% We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
|
% glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
|
% glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
|
% discardable item.)
|
% discardable item.)
|
\vskip-\parskip
|
\vskip-\parskip
|
%
|
%
|
% This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
|
% This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
|
% of 10000. This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
|
% 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
|
% check for and avoid allowing breakpoints. Otherwise, it would
|
% section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
|
% insert a valid breakpoint between:
|
%
|
% @section sec-whatever
|
% @section sec-whatever
|
% @deffn def-whatever
|
% @deffn def-whatever
|
\nobreak
|
\penalty 10001
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
\message{toc,}
|
\message{toc,}
|
% Table of contents.
|
% Table of contents.
|
| Line 4338... |
Line 5682... |
\immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
|
\immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
|
\global\tocfileopenedtrue
|
\global\tocfileopenedtrue
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\iflinks
|
\iflinks
|
\toks0 = {#2}%
|
{\atdummies
|
\toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
|
\edef\temp{%
|
\edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
|
\write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
|
{\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
|
|
\temp
|
\temp
|
|
}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
|
% Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
|
% writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
|
% writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
|
| Line 4355... |
Line 5699... |
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
|
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
|
% `1', and two named `2'.
|
% `1', and two named `2'.
|
\ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
|
\ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
|
|
% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
|
|
% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\activecatcodes{%
|
|
\catcode`\"=\active
|
|
\catcode`\$=\active
|
|
\catcode`\<=\active
|
|
\catcode`\>=\active
|
|
\catcode`\\=\active
|
|
\catcode`\^=\active
|
|
\catcode`\_=\active
|
|
\catcode`\|=\active
|
|
\catcode`\~=\active
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
|
|
\def\readtocfile{%
|
|
\setupdatafile
|
|
\activecatcodes
|
|
\input \tocreadfilename
|
|
}
|
|
|
\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
|
\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
|
\newcount\savepageno
|
\newcount\savepageno
|
\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
|
\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
|
|
|
% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
|
% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
|
| Line 4371... |
Line 5740... |
\contentsalignmacro
|
\contentsalignmacro
|
\immediate\closeout\tocfile
|
\immediate\closeout\tocfile
|
%
|
%
|
% Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
|
% Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
|
% It is abundantly clear what they are.
|
% It is abundantly clear what they are.
|
\def\thischapter{}%
|
|
\chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
|
\chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
|
%
|
%
|
\savepageno = \pageno
|
\savepageno = \pageno
|
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
|
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
|
\catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
|
|
% We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
|
|
% title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
|
|
%\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
|
|
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
|
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
|
\advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
|
\advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
|
%
|
%
|
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
|
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
|
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
|
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
|
|
% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
|
|
|
% Normal (long) toc.
|
% Normal (long) toc.
|
|
%
|
\def\contents{%
|
\def\contents{%
|
\startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
|
\startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
|
\openin 1 \jobname.toc
|
\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\input \jobname.toc
|
\readtocfile
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\vfill \eject
|
\vfill \eject
|
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
|
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\pdfmakeoutlines
|
\pdfmakeoutlines
|
| Line 4429... |
Line 5798... |
\let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
|
\openin 1 \jobname.toc
|
\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\input \jobname.toc
|
\readtocfile
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\closein 1
|
\closein 1
|
\vfill \eject
|
\vfill \eject
|
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
|
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
| Line 4554... |
Line 5923... |
|
|
|
|
\message{environments,}
|
\message{environments,}
|
% @foo ... @end foo.
|
% @foo ... @end foo.
|
|
|
% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
|
|
%
|
|
% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
|
|
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\point{$\star$}
|
|
\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
|
|
\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
|
|
|
|
% The @error{} command.
|
|
% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
|
|
%
|
|
\newbox\errorbox
|
|
%
|
|
{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
|
|
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
|
|
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
|
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
|
|
%
|
|
\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
|
|
\hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
|
|
\advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
|
|
\vbox{%
|
|
\hrule height\dimen2
|
|
\hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
|
|
\vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
|
|
\kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
|
|
\hrule height\dimen2}
|
|
\hfil}
|
|
%
|
|
\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
|
|
|
|
% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
|
% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
|
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
|
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
|
% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
|
% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
|
|
|
\envdef\tex{%
|
\envdef\tex{%
|
|
\setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
|
\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
|
\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
|
\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
|
\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
|
\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
|
\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
|
\catcode `\%=14
|
\catcode `\%=14
|
\catcode `\+=\other
|
\catcode `\+=\other
|
\catcode `\"=\other
|
\catcode `\"=\other
|
\catcode `\|=\other
|
\catcode `\|=\other
|
\catcode `\<=\other
|
\catcode `\<=\other
|
\catcode `\>=\other
|
\catcode `\>=\other
|
|
\catcode`\`=\other
|
|
\catcode`\'=\other
|
\escapechar=`\\
|
\escapechar=`\\
|
%
|
%
|
\let\b=\ptexb
|
\let\b=\ptexb
|
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
|
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
|
\let\c=\ptexc
|
\let\c=\ptexc
|
| Line 4621... |
Line 5959... |
\let\+=\tabalign
|
\let\+=\tabalign
|
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
|
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
|
\let\/=\ptexslash
|
\let\/=\ptexslash
|
\let\*=\ptexstar
|
\let\*=\ptexstar
|
\let\t=\ptext
|
\let\t=\ptext
|
|
\expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer
|
|
\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
|
%
|
%
|
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
|
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
|
\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
|
\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
|
\def\@{@}%
|
\def\@{@}%
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 4649... |
Line 5989... |
% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
|
% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
|
% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
|
% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
|
% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
|
% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
|
\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
|
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
|
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
|
|
% \sectionheading, q.v.
|
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
|
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
|
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
|
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
|
\endgraf
|
\endgraf
|
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
|
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
|
\removelastskip
|
\removelastskip
|
| Line 4665... |
Line 6006... |
\fi
|
\fi
|
}}
|
}}
|
|
|
\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
|
\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
|
|
|
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
|
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
|
|
% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
|
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
|
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
|
|
|
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
|
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
|
% environment contents.
|
% environment contents.
|
\font\circle=lcircle10
|
\font\circle=lcircle10
|
| Line 4702... |
Line 6044... |
\advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
|
\advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
|
% side, and for 6pt waste from
|
% side, and for 6pt waste from
|
% each corner char, and rule thickness
|
% each corner char, and rule thickness
|
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
|
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
|
% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
|
% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
|
\let\nonarrowing=\comment
|
\let\nonarrowing = t%
|
\vbox\bgroup
|
\vbox\bgroup
|
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
|
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
|
\carttop
|
\carttop
|
\hbox\bgroup
|
\hbox\bgroup
|
\hskip\lskip
|
\hskip\lskip
|
| Line 4733... |
Line 6075... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
|
% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
|
% inside a group.
|
% inside a group.
|
|
\newdimen\nonfillparindent
|
\def\nonfillstart{%
|
\def\nonfillstart{%
|
\aboveenvbreak
|
\aboveenvbreak
|
\hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
|
\hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
|
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
|
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
|
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
|
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
|
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
|
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
|
\parskip = 0pt
|
\parskip = 0pt
|
|
% Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
|
|
% the normal \indent.
|
|
\nonfillparindent=\parindent
|
\parindent = 0pt
|
\parindent = 0pt
|
|
\let\indent\nonfillindent
|
|
%
|
\emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
|
\emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
|
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
|
|
% at next level down.
|
|
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
|
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
|
\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
|
\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
|
\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
|
\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
|
|
\else
|
|
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\let\exdent=\nofillexdent
|
\let\exdent=\nofillexdent
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\obeyspaces
|
|
% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
|
|
% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
|
|
% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
|
|
% @indent.
|
|
\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
|
|
\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
|
|
\ifx\temp %
|
|
\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
|
|
\else%
|
|
\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
|
|
\fi%
|
|
}%
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
|
|
\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
|
|
|
% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
|
% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
|
% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
|
% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
|
% This affects the following displayed environments:
|
% This affects the following displayed environments:
|
% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
|
% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
|
%
|
%
|
\def\smallword{small}
|
\def\smallword{small}
|
\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
|
\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
|
\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
|
\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
|
\def\setnormaldispenv{%
|
\def\setnormaldispenv{%
|
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
|
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
|
|
% end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
|
|
% line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
|
|
% we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
|
|
% to change the fonts afterward.
|
|
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
|
\smallexamplefonts \rm
|
\smallexamplefonts \rm
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
\def\setsmalldispenv{%
|
\def\setsmalldispenv{%
|
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
|
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
|
\else
|
\else
|
|
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
|
\smallexamplefonts \rm
|
\smallexamplefonts \rm
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
|
% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
|
| Line 4793... |
Line 6165... |
% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
|
% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
|
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
|
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
|
%
|
%
|
\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
|
\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
|
\nonfillstart
|
\nonfillstart
|
\tt
|
\tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
|
\let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
|
\let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
|
\gobble % eat return
|
\gobble % eat return
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
|
% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
|
%
|
%
|
\makedispenv {display}{%
|
\makedispenv {display}{%
|
\nonfillstart
|
\nonfillstart
|
\gobble
|
\gobble
|
| Line 4832... |
Line 6203... |
\gobble
|
\gobble
|
}
|
}
|
\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
|
\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
|
|
|
|
|
|
% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
|
|
% justification. From plain.tex.
|
|
\envdef\raggedright{%
|
|
\rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
|
|
}
|
|
\let\Eraggedright\par
|
|
|
|
\envdef\raggedleft{%
|
|
\parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
|
|
\spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
|
|
\hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
|
|
% badness reporting.
|
|
}
|
|
\let\Eraggedleft\par
|
|
|
|
\envdef\raggedcenter{%
|
|
\parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
|
|
\spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
|
|
\hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
|
|
% badness reporting.
|
|
}
|
|
\let\Eraggedcenter\par
|
|
|
|
|
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
|
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
|
% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
|
% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
|
% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
|
% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
|
% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
|
% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
|
%
|
%
|
\envdef\quotation{%
|
\def\quotationstart{%
|
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
|
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
|
\parindent=0pt
|
\parindent=0pt
|
%
|
%
|
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
|
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
|
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
|
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
|
\advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
|
\advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
|
\advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
|
\advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
|
\exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
|
\exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
|
|
\else
|
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
|
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\parsearg\quotationlabel
|
\parsearg\quotationlabel
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
\envdef\quotation{%
|
|
\setnormaldispenv
|
|
\quotationstart
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\envdef\smallquotation{%
|
|
\setsmalldispenv
|
|
\quotationstart
|
|
}
|
|
\let\Esmallquotation = \Equotation
|
|
|
% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
|
% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
|
% doing normal filling.
|
% doing normal filling.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\Equotation{%
|
\def\Equotation{%
|
\par
|
\par
|
| Line 4886... |
Line 6293... |
% verbatim line.
|
% verbatim line.
|
\def\dospecials{%
|
\def\dospecials{%
|
\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
|
\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
|
\do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
|
\do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
|
\do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
|
\do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
|
|
% Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
|
|
% @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
|
|
% @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
|
|
%\do\`\do\'%
|
}
|
}
|
%
|
%
|
% [Knuth] p. 380
|
% [Knuth] p. 380
|
\def\uncatcodespecials{%
|
\def\uncatcodespecials{%
|
\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
|
\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
|
%
|
%
|
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
|
|
% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
%
|
|
% Setup for the @verb command.
|
% Setup for the @verb command.
|
%
|
%
|
% Eight spaces for a tab
|
% Eight spaces for a tab
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
\catcode`\^^I=\active
|
\catcode`\^^I=\active
|
| Line 4909... |
Line 6314... |
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
%
|
%
|
\def\setupverb{%
|
\def\setupverb{%
|
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
|
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
|
\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
|
\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
|
\catcode`\`=\active
|
\setupmarkupstyle{verb}%
|
\tabeightspaces
|
\tabeightspaces
|
% Respect line breaks,
|
% Respect line breaks,
|
% print special symbols as themselves, and
|
% print special symbols as themselves, and
|
% make each space count
|
% make each space count
|
% must do in this order:
|
% must do in this order:
|
| Line 4924... |
Line 6329... |
%
|
%
|
% Real tab expansion
|
% Real tab expansion
|
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
|
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
|
%
|
%
|
\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
|
\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
|
|
%
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
\catcode`\^^I=\active
|
\catcode`\^^I=\active
|
\gdef\tabexpand{%
|
\gdef\tabexpand{%
|
\catcode`\^^I=\active
|
\catcode`\^^I=\active
|
\def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
|
\def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
|
| Line 4937... |
Line 6343... |
\advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
|
\advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
|
\wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
|
\wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
|
}%
|
}%
|
}
|
}
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
|
|
|
% start the verbatim environment.
|
\def\setupverbatim{%
|
\def\setupverbatim{%
|
|
\let\nonarrowing = t%
|
\nonfillstart
|
\nonfillstart
|
\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
|
|
% Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
|
% Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
|
\tt
|
\tt
|
\def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
|
\def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
|
\catcode`\`=\active
|
|
\tabexpand
|
\tabexpand
|
|
\setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
|
% Respect line breaks,
|
% Respect line breaks,
|
% print special symbols as themselves, and
|
% print special symbols as themselves, and
|
% make each space count
|
% make each space count
|
% must do in this order:
|
% must do in this order:
|
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
|
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
|
| Line 5004... |
Line 6412... |
%
|
%
|
\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
|
\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
|
{%
|
{%
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
\makevalueexpandable
|
\setupverbatim
|
\setupverbatim
|
|
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
|
\input #1
|
\input #1
|
\afterenvbreak
|
\afterenvbreak
|
}%
|
}%
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @copying ... @end copying.
|
% @copying ... @end copying.
|
% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
|
% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
|
% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
|
|
%
|
%
|
% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
|
% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
|
% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
|
% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
|
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
|
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
|
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
|
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
|
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
|
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
|
% possible is very desirable.
|
% possible is very desirable.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\copying{\begingroup
|
\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
|
% Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
|
\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
|
% \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
|
|
% delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
|
|
% it, but that doesn't matter.
|
|
\long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
|
|
%
|
|
% We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
|
|
\catcode`\^^M = \active
|
|
\docopying
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% What we do to finish off the copying text.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
|
|
|
|
% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
|
|
% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
|
|
% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
|
|
% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
|
|
% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
|
|
% generate a \par.
|
|
%
|
|
% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
|
|
% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
|
|
% do \par.
|
|
%
|
|
% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
|
|
% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
|
|
% manual for man page generation.)
|
|
%
|
|
% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
|
|
% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
|
|
% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
|
|
%
|
|
{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
|
|
\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
|
|
\parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
|
|
\def^^M{%
|
|
\ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
|
|
\par %
|
|
\else %
|
|
\space \penalty 1 %
|
|
\fi %
|
|
}%
|
|
%
|
|
% Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
|
|
\def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
|
|
\let\comment = \c %
|
|
%
|
|
% Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
|
|
% would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
|
|
\long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
|
|
%
|
%
|
\copyingtext %
|
\def\insertcopying{%
|
\endgroup}%
|
\begingroup
|
|
\parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
|
|
\scanexp\copyingtext
|
|
\endgroup
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
\message{defuns,}
|
\message{defuns,}
|
% @defun etc.
|
% @defun etc.
|
|
|
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
|
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
|
\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
|
\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
|
\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
|
\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
|
|
\newcount\defunpenalty
|
|
|
% Start the processing of @deffn:
|
% Start the processing of @deffn:
|
\def\startdefun{%
|
\def\startdefun{%
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
|
\medbreak
|
\medbreak
|
|
\defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
|
|
% following @def command, see below.
|
\else
|
\else
|
% If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
|
% If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
|
% which is there to keep the function description together with its
|
% which is there to keep the function description together with its
|
% header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
|
% header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
|
% break somewhere. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
|
% break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
|
% \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
|
% by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
|
% commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
|
% commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
|
% between a section heading and a defun.
|
% a break between a section heading and a defun.
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
|
%
|
|
% As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
|
|
% with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
|
|
% sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
|
|
% @def command.
|
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
|
% Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
|
% But do insert the glue.
|
% But do insert the glue.
|
\medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
|
\medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
| Line 5115... |
Line 6484... |
% First, check whether we are in the right environment:
|
% First, check whether we are in the right environment:
|
\checkenv#1%
|
\checkenv#1%
|
%
|
%
|
% As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
|
% As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
|
% It's not a great place, though.
|
% It's not a great place, though.
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
|
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
|
%
|
%
|
% And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
|
% And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
|
\expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
|
\expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
|
}
|
}
|
\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
|
\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
|
| Line 5133... |
Line 6502... |
% common ending:
|
% common ending:
|
\interlinepenalty = 10000
|
\interlinepenalty = 10000
|
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
|
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
|
\endgraf
|
\endgraf
|
\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
|
\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
|
\penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
|
\penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
|
% Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
|
% Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
|
% rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
|
% rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
|
\checkparencounts
|
\checkparencounts
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
|
\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
|
|
|
% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
|
% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
|
% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
|
% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\makedefun#1{%
|
\def\makedefun#1{%
|
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
|
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
|
\edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
|
\edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
|
\makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
|
\makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
|
| Line 5322... |
Line 6691... |
% tt for the names.
|
% tt for the names.
|
\df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
|
\df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
|
%
|
%
|
% On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
|
% On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
|
% want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
|
% want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
|
\let\var=\ttslanted
|
\def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}%
|
#1%
|
#1%
|
\sl\hyphenchar\font=45
|
\sl\hyphenchar\font=45
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
|
% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
|
| Line 5402... |
Line 6771... |
|
|
\def\checkparencounts{%
|
\def\checkparencounts{%
|
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
|
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
|
\ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
|
\ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
|
|
% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
|
\def\badparencount{%
|
\def\badparencount{%
|
\errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
|
\message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
|
\global\parencount=0
|
\global\parencount=0
|
}
|
}
|
\def\badbrackcount{%
|
\def\badbrackcount{%
|
\errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
|
\message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
|
\global\brackcount=0
|
\global\brackcount=0
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
\message{macros,}
|
\message{macros,}
|
| Line 5420... |
Line 6791... |
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
|
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
|
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
|
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
|
\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
|
\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
|
\newwrite\macscribble
|
\newwrite\macscribble
|
\def\scantokens#1{%
|
\def\scantokens#1{%
|
\toks0={#1\endinput}%
|
\toks0={#1}%
|
\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
|
\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
|
\immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
|
\immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
|
\immediate\closeout\macscribble
|
\immediate\closeout\macscribble
|
\input \jobname.tmp
|
\input \jobname.tmp
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 5433... |
Line 6804... |
\def\scanmacro#1{%
|
\def\scanmacro#1{%
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
\newlinechar`\^^M
|
\newlinechar`\^^M
|
\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
|
\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
|
% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
|
% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
|
\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
|
% When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
|
|
% backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
|
|
% \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
|
|
% with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
|
|
\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
|
% ... and \example
|
% ... and \example
|
\spaceisspace
|
\spaceisspace
|
%
|
%
|
% Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
|
% Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
|
%
|
|
% I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
|
% I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
|
% --kasal, 29nov03
|
% --kasal, 29nov03
|
\scantokens{#1\endinput}%
|
\scantokens{#1\endinput}%
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
\def\scanexp#1{%
|
|
\edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
|
|
\temp
|
|
}
|
|
|
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
|
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
|
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
|
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
|
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
|
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
|
\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
|
|
% \do\macro1\do\macro2...
|
% List of all defined macros in the form
|
|
% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
|
|
% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
|
|
% if there is a need.
|
|
\def\macrolist{}
|
|
|
|
% Add the macro to \macrolist
|
|
\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
|
|
\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
|
|
\toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
|
|
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
|
|
}
|
|
|
% Utility routines.
|
% Utility routines.
|
% This does \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
|
% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
|
|
% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
|
|
% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
|
|
%
|
\def\cslet#1#2{%
|
\def\cslet#1#2{%
|
\expandafter\expandafter
|
|
\expandafter\let
|
\expandafter\let
|
\expandafter\expandafter
|
\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
\csname#1\endcsname
|
\csname#2\endcsname
|
\csname#2\endcsname}
|
}
|
|
|
% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
|
% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
|
% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
|
% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
|
{\catcode`\@=11
|
{\catcode`\@=11
|
\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
|
\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
|
| Line 5481... |
Line 6873... |
|
|
% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
|
% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
|
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
|
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
|
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
|
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
|
|
|
|
% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
|
|
% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
|
|
% confine the change to the current group.
|
|
|
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
|
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
|
% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
|
% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
|
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
|
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
|
|
|
\def\macrobodyctxt{%
|
\def\scanctxt{%
|
\catcode`\~=\other
|
\catcode`\"=\other
|
|
\catcode`\+=\other
|
|
\catcode`\<=\other
|
|
\catcode`\>=\other
|
|
\catcode`\@=\other
|
\catcode`\^=\other
|
\catcode`\^=\other
|
\catcode`\_=\other
|
\catcode`\_=\other
|
\catcode`\|=\other
|
\catcode`\|=\other
|
\catcode`\<=\other
|
\catcode`\~=\other
|
\catcode`\>=\other
|
\ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
|
\catcode`\+=\other
|
}
|
|
|
|
\def\scanargctxt{%
|
|
\scanctxt
|
|
\catcode`\\=\other
|
|
\catcode`\^^M=\other
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\def\macrobodyctxt{%
|
|
\scanctxt
|
\catcode`\{=\other
|
\catcode`\{=\other
|
\catcode`\}=\other
|
\catcode`\}=\other
|
\catcode`\@=\other
|
|
\catcode`\^^M=\other
|
\catcode`\^^M=\other
|
\usembodybackslash}
|
\usembodybackslash
|
|
}
|
|
|
\def\macroargctxt{%
|
\def\macroargctxt{%
|
\catcode`\~=\other
|
\scanctxt
|
\catcode`\^=\other
|
\catcode`\\=\other
|
\catcode`\_=\other
|
}
|
\catcode`\|=\other
|
|
\catcode`\<=\other
|
|
\catcode`\>=\other
|
|
\catcode`\+=\other
|
|
\catcode`\@=\other
|
|
\catcode`\\=\other}
|
|
|
|
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
|
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
|
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
|
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
|
% where N is the macro parameter number.
|
% where N is the macro parameter number.
|
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
|
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
|
| Line 5539... |
Line 6942... |
\else
|
\else
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
|
\else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
|
\else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
|
\global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
|
\global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
|
\global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
|
\global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
|
% Add the macroname to \macrolist
|
\addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
|
\toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
|
|
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
|
|
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
|
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
|
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
|
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
|
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
|
\else \expandafter\parsemacbody
|
\else \expandafter\parsemacbody
|
\fi}
|
\fi}
|
| Line 5556... |
Line 6956... |
\global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
|
\global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
|
\global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
|
\global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
|
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
|
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
|
\begingroup
|
\begingroup
|
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
|
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
|
\let\do\unmacrodo
|
\let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
|
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
|
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
|
\endgroup
|
\endgroup
|
\else
|
\else
|
\errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
|
\errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
| Line 5571... |
Line 6971... |
%
|
%
|
\def\unmacrodo#1{%
|
\def\unmacrodo#1{%
|
\ifx#1\relax
|
\ifx#1\relax
|
% remove this
|
% remove this
|
\else
|
\else
|
\noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
|
\noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
|
% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
|
% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
|
% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
|
| Line 5684... |
Line 7084... |
|
|
% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
|
% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
|
% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
|
% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
|
% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
|
% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
|
% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
|
% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
|
\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
|
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
|
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
|
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
|
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
|
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
|
\expandafter\parsearg
|
\expandafter\parsearg
|
\fi \next}
|
\fi \macnamexxx}
|
|
|
% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
|
|
% expanded by \write.
|
|
\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
|
|
\edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
|
|
|
|
|
|
% @alias.
|
% @alias.
|
% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
|
% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
|
% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
|
% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
|
\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
|
\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
|
\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
|
\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
|
\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
|
\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
|
{%
|
{%
|
\expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
|
\expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
|
|
\addtomacrolist{#1}%
|
\xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
|
\xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\next
|
\next
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
\message{cross references,}
|
\message{cross references,}
|
|
|
\newwrite\auxfile
|
\newwrite\auxfile
|
|
|
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
|
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
|
\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
|
\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
|
|
|
% @inforef is relatively simple.
|
% @inforef is relatively simple.
|
\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
|
\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
|
\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
|
\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
|
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
|
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
|
|
|
% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
|
% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
|
% cross-references.
|
% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
|
\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
|
% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
|
\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
|
% @node foo , bar , ...
|
|
% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
|
|
%
|
|
\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
|
|
%
|
|
% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
|
|
% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
|
|
\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
|
|
\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
|
|
|
\let\nwnode=\node
|
\let\nwnode=\node
|
\let\lastnode=\empty
|
\let\lastnode=\empty
|
|
|
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
|
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
|
% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
|
% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
|
| Line 5749... |
Line 7153... |
\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
|
\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
|
\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
|
\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
|
|
|
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
|
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
|
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
|
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
|
% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
|
% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
|
% or the anchor name.
|
% or the anchor name.
|
% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
|
% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
|
% empty for anchors.
|
% empty for anchors.
|
% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
|
% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 5764... |
Line 7168... |
\def\setref#1#2{%
|
\def\setref#1#2{%
|
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
|
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
|
\iflinks
|
\iflinks
|
{%
|
{%
|
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
|
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
|
\turnoffactive
|
|
\otherbackslash
|
|
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
|
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
|
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
|
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
|
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
|
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
|
}%
|
}%
|
\toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
|
\toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
|
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
|
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
|
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
|
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
|
\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
|
\safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
|
}%
|
}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
|
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
|
| Line 5817... |
Line 7219... |
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Make link in pdf output.
|
% Make link in pdf output.
|
\ifpdf
|
\ifpdf
|
\leavevmode
|
{\indexnofonts
|
|
\turnoffactive
|
|
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
|
|
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
|
\getfilename{#4}%
|
\getfilename{#4}%
|
{\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
|
%
|
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
|
% See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
|
|
{\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
|
|
\backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
|
|
%
|
|
\leavevmode
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
|
goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
|
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
|
|
goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
|
goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
|
goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
|
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}%
|
}%
|
\linkcolor
|
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
|
% Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
|
% instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
|
% instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
|
% LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
|
% LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
|
{%
|
{%
|
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
|
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
|
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
|
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
|
\indexnofonts
|
\indexnofonts
|
\turnoffactive
|
\turnoffactive
|
\otherbackslash
|
|
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
|
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
|
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
|
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
|
}%
|
}%
|
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
|
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
|
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
|
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
|
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
|
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
|
\ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
|
\ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
|
\refx{#1-snt}%
|
\refx{#1-snt}{}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
\printedrefname
|
\printedrefname
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
|
% if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
|
| Line 5867... |
Line 7275... |
% not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
|
% not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
|
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
|
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
|
% is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
|
% is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
|
% is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
|
% is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
|
\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
|
\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
|
\putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
|
\putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
|
% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
|
% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
|
% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
|
% into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
|
% into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
|
% printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
|
% printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
|
% printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
|
% printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
|
{\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
|
{\turnoffactive
|
% Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
|
% Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
|
% @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
|
% @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
|
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
|
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
|
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
|
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
|
}%
|
}%
|
| Line 5887... |
Line 7295... |
%
|
%
|
% But we always want a comma and a space:
|
% But we always want a comma and a space:
|
,\space
|
,\space
|
%
|
%
|
% output the `page 3'.
|
% output the `page 3'.
|
\turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
|
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\endlink
|
\endlink
|
\endgroup}
|
\endgroup}
|
|
|
| Line 5963... |
Line 7371... |
% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
|
% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
|
% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
|
% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
|
% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
|
% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
|
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
|
\expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
|
{% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
|
|
% implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
|
|
% mess up the control sequence name.
|
|
\indexnofonts
|
|
\turnoffactive
|
|
\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
|
|
}%
|
|
%
|
|
\expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
|
%
|
%
|
% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
|
% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
|
\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
|
\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
|
% it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
|
% it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
|
\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
|
\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
|
\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
|
%
|
%
|
% Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
|
% Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
|
| Line 5981... |
Line 7397... |
\toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
|
\toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
|
% Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
|
% for later use in \listoffloats.
|
% for later use in \listoffloats.
|
\expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
|
\expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
|
|
{\safexrefname}}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
|
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\tryauxfile{%
|
\def\tryauxfile{%
|
\openin 1 \jobname.aux
|
\openin 1 \jobname.aux
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\ifeof 1 \else
|
\readauxfile
|
\readdatafile{aux}%
|
\global\havexrefstrue
|
\global\havexrefstrue
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\closein 1
|
\closein 1
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
|
\def\setupdatafile{%
|
\catcode`\^^@=\other
|
\catcode`\^^@=\other
|
\catcode`\^^A=\other
|
\catcode`\^^A=\other
|
\catcode`\^^B=\other
|
\catcode`\^^B=\other
|
\catcode`\^^C=\other
|
\catcode`\^^C=\other
|
\catcode`\^^D=\other
|
\catcode`\^^D=\other
|
| Line 6077... |
Line 7494... |
%
|
%
|
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
|
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
|
\catcode`\{=1
|
\catcode`\{=1
|
\catcode`\}=2
|
\catcode`\}=2
|
\catcode`\@=0
|
\catcode`\@=0
|
%
|
}
|
\input \jobname.aux
|
|
|
\def\readdatafile#1{%
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\setupdatafile
|
|
\input\jobname.#1
|
\endgroup}
|
\endgroup}
|
|
|
|
|
\message{insertions,}
|
\message{insertions,}
|
% including footnotes.
|
% including footnotes.
|
| Line 6164... |
Line 7585... |
}%end \catcode `\@=11
|
}%end \catcode `\@=11
|
|
|
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
|
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
|
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
|
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
|
% would be lost.
|
% would be lost.
|
% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
|
% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
|
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
|
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
|
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
|
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
|
|
|
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
|
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
|
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
|
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
|
| Line 6268... |
Line 7689... |
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
|
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
|
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
|
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
|
% If the image is by itself, center it.
|
% If the image is by itself, center it.
|
\ifvmode
|
\ifvmode
|
\imagevmodetrue
|
\imagevmodetrue
|
\nobreak\bigskip
|
\nobreak\medskip
|
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
|
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
|
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
|
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
|
% above and below.
|
% above and below.
|
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
|
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
|
\nobreak
|
\nobreak
|
\line\bgroup\hss
|
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
|
% Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
|
|
% environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if
|
|
% it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
|
|
\noindent
|
|
%
|
% Output the image.
|
% Output the image.
|
\ifpdf
|
\ifpdf
|
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
|
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
% \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
|
% \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
|
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
|
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
|
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
|
\ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image
|
\endgroup}
|
\endgroup}
|
|
|
|
|
% @float FLOATTYPE,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, etc.
|
% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
|
% We don't actually implement floating yet, we just plop the float "here".
|
% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
|
% But it seemed the best name for the future.
|
% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
|
%
|
%
|
\envparseargdef\float{\dofloat #1,,,\finish}
|
\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
|
|
|
|
% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
|
|
\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
|
|
|
% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
|
% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
|
% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
|
% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
|
% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
|
% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 6316... |
Line 7744... |
\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
|
\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
|
\let\thiscaption=\empty
|
\let\thiscaption=\empty
|
\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
|
\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
|
%
|
%
|
% don't lose footnotes inside @float.
|
% don't lose footnotes inside @float.
|
|
%
|
|
% BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
|
|
% insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
|
|
%
|
\startsavinginserts
|
\startsavinginserts
|
%
|
%
|
|
% We can't be used inside a paragraph.
|
|
\par
|
|
%
|
\vtop\bgroup
|
\vtop\bgroup
|
\def\floattype{#1}%
|
\def\floattype{#1}%
|
\def\floatlabel{#2}%
|
\def\floatlabel{#2}%
|
\def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
|
\def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 6344... |
Line 7779... |
%
|
%
|
\expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
|
\expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
|
\global\advance\floatno by 1
|
\global\advance\floatno by 1
|
%
|
%
|
{%
|
{%
|
% This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
|
% This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
|
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
|
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
|
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
|
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
|
% node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
|
% node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
|
% lists of floats.
|
% lists of floats.
|
%
|
%
|
\edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
|
\edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
|
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
|
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% start with \parskip glue, I guess.
|
% start with \parskip glue, I guess.
|
| Line 6397... |
Line 7832... |
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
|
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
|
\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
|
\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% caption text.
|
% caption text.
|
\appendtomacro\captionline\thiscaption
|
\appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
|
% If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
|
% Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
|
% Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
|
\ifx\captionline\empty \else
|
\ifx\captionline\empty \else
|
\vskip.5\parskip
|
\vskip.5\parskip
|
\captionline
|
\captionline
|
|
%
|
|
% Space below caption.
|
|
\vskip\parskip
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
% If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
|
% If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
|
% after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
|
% after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
|
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
|
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
|
% Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
|
% Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
|
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
|
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
|
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
|
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
|
{%
|
{%
|
\atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash
|
\atdummies
|
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{%
|
%
|
\floatident
|
% since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
|
|
% is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
|
|
% we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
|
|
\scanexp{%
|
|
\xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
|
\ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
|
\ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
|
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else : \thiscaption \fi
|
\thiscaption
|
\else
|
\else
|
: \thisshortcaption
|
\thisshortcaption
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}}%
|
}%
|
|
}%
|
|
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
|
|
\ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
|
}%
|
}%
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
|
% Space below caption, if we printed anything.
|
|
\ifx\printedsomething\empty \else \vskip\parskip \fi
|
|
\egroup % end of \vtop
|
\egroup % end of \vtop
|
|
%
|
|
% place the captured inserts
|
|
%
|
|
% BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
|
|
% whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
|
|
% float. --kasal, 26may04
|
|
%
|
\checkinserts
|
\checkinserts
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
|
% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
|
%
|
%
|
\newtoks\appendtomacroAtoks
|
|
\newtoks\appendtomacroBtoks
|
|
\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
|
\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
|
\appendtomacroAtoks = \expandafter{#1}%
|
\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
|
\appendtomacroBtoks = {#2}%
|
|
\edef#1{\the\appendtomacroAtoks \the\appendtomacroBtoks}%
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% @caption, @shortcaption are easy.
|
% @caption, @shortcaption
|
%
|
%
|
\long\def\caption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thiscaption{#1}}
|
\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
|
\def\shortcaption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thisshortcaption{#1}}
|
\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
|
|
\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
|
|
\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
|
|
|
% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
|
% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
|
% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
|
% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
|
\def\getfloatno#1{%
|
\def\getfloatno#1{%
|
\ifx#1\relax
|
\ifx#1\relax
|
| Line 6473... |
Line 7920... |
% distinguish floats from other xref types.
|
% distinguish floats from other xref types.
|
\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
|
\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
|
|
|
% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
|
% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
|
% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
|
% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
|
% \thissection value which we \setref above.
|
% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
|
\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
|
%
|
%
|
% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
|
% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
|
% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
|
% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
|
| Line 6534... |
Line 7981... |
% use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
|
% use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
|
\edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
|
\edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
|
\writeentry
|
\writeentry
|
}}
|
}}
|
|
|
|
|
\message{localization,}
|
\message{localization,}
|
% and i18n.
|
|
|
|
% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
|
% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
|
% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
|
% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
|
% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
|
% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
|
% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
|
|
%
|
%
|
\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
|
{
|
|
\catcode`\_ = \active
|
|
\globaldefs=1
|
|
\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
|
|
\let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
|
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
|
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
|
% Read the file if it exists.
|
% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
|
|
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
|
|
\ifeof 1
|
|
\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
|
|
\else
|
|
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
|
|
\input txi-#1.tex
|
|
\fi
|
|
\closein 1
|
|
\endgroup % end raw TeX
|
|
\endgroup}
|
|
%
|
|
% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
|
|
% try txi-de.tex.
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
|
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
|
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
|
\ifeof 1
|
\ifeof 1
|
\errhelp = \nolanghelp
|
\errhelp = \nolanghelp
|
\errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
|
\errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
|
\else
|
\else
|
|
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
|
\input txi-#1.tex
|
\input txi-#1.tex
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
\closein 1
|
\closein 1
|
\endgroup
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
}% end of special _ catcode
|
|
%
|
\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
|
\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
|
is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
|
is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
|
should work if nowhere else does.}
|
directory should work if nowhere else does.}
|
|
|
|
% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
|
|
% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
|
|
% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
|
|
%
|
|
% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
|
|
% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
|
|
% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
|
|
%
|
|
% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
|
|
% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
|
|
% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
|
|
% accented characters problem.)
|
|
%
|
|
\catcode`@=11
|
|
\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
|
|
% do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
|
|
\expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
|
|
\message{no patterns for #1}%
|
|
\else
|
|
\global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
|
|
\fi
|
|
% but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
|
|
\global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
|
|
\global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% Helpers for encodings.
|
|
% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
|
|
%
|
|
\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
|
|
\count255=128
|
|
\loop\ifnum\count255<256
|
|
\global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
|
|
\advance\count255 by 1
|
|
\repeat
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
|
|
\count255=128
|
|
\loop\ifnum\count255<256
|
|
\catcode\count255=#1\relax
|
|
\advance\count255 by 1
|
|
\repeat
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
|
|
% according to the specified encoding.
|
|
%
|
|
\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
|
|
% Encoding being declared for the document.
|
|
\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
|
|
%
|
|
% Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
|
|
% to compare them with \ifx.
|
|
\def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
|
|
\def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
|
|
\def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
|
|
\def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
|
|
\def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
|
|
%
|
|
\ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
|
|
\asciichardefs
|
|
%
|
|
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
|
|
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
|
|
\lattwochardefs
|
|
%
|
|
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
|
|
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
|
|
\latonechardefs
|
|
%
|
|
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
|
|
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
|
|
\latninechardefs
|
|
%
|
|
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
|
|
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
|
|
\utfeightchardefs
|
|
%
|
|
\else
|
|
\message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
|
|
%
|
|
\fi % utfeight
|
|
\fi % latnine
|
|
\fi % latone
|
|
\fi % lattwo
|
|
\fi % ascii
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
|
|
% the default font encoding (OT1).
|
|
%
|
|
\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
|
|
|
|
% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
|
|
\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
|
|
|
|
% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
|
|
% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
|
|
% macros containing the character definitions.
|
|
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
|
|
%
|
|
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
|
|
\def\latonechardefs{%
|
|
\gdef^^a0{~}
|
|
\gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
|
|
\gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
|
|
\gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
|
|
\gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
|
|
\gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
|
|
\gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
|
|
\gdef^^a7{\S}
|
|
\gdef^^a8{\"{}}
|
|
\gdef^^a9{\copyright}
|
|
\gdef^^aa{\ordf}
|
|
\gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft}
|
|
\gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
|
|
\gdef^^ad{\-}
|
|
\gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
|
|
\gdef^^af{\={}}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
|
|
\gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
|
|
\gdef^^b2{$^2$}
|
|
\gdef^^b3{$^3$}
|
|
\gdef^^b4{\'{}}
|
|
\gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
|
|
\gdef^^b6{\P}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^b7{$^.$}
|
|
\gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
|
|
\gdef^^b9{$^1$}
|
|
\gdef^^ba{\ordm}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^bb{\guilletright}
|
|
\gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
|
|
\gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
|
|
\gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
|
|
\gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^c0{\`A}
|
|
\gdef^^c1{\'A}
|
|
\gdef^^c2{\^A}
|
|
\gdef^^c3{\~A}
|
|
\gdef^^c4{\"A}
|
|
\gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
|
|
\gdef^^c6{\AE}
|
|
\gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
|
|
\gdef^^c8{\`E}
|
|
\gdef^^c9{\'E}
|
|
\gdef^^ca{\^E}
|
|
\gdef^^cb{\"E}
|
|
\gdef^^cc{\`I}
|
|
\gdef^^cd{\'I}
|
|
\gdef^^ce{\^I}
|
|
\gdef^^cf{\"I}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^d0{\DH}
|
|
\gdef^^d1{\~N}
|
|
\gdef^^d2{\`O}
|
|
\gdef^^d3{\'O}
|
|
\gdef^^d4{\^O}
|
|
\gdef^^d5{\~O}
|
|
\gdef^^d6{\"O}
|
|
\gdef^^d7{$\times$}
|
|
\gdef^^d8{\O}
|
|
\gdef^^d9{\`U}
|
|
\gdef^^da{\'U}
|
|
\gdef^^db{\^U}
|
|
\gdef^^dc{\"U}
|
|
\gdef^^dd{\'Y}
|
|
\gdef^^de{\TH}
|
|
\gdef^^df{\ss}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^e0{\`a}
|
|
\gdef^^e1{\'a}
|
|
\gdef^^e2{\^a}
|
|
\gdef^^e3{\~a}
|
|
\gdef^^e4{\"a}
|
|
\gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
|
|
\gdef^^e6{\ae}
|
|
\gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
|
|
\gdef^^e8{\`e}
|
|
\gdef^^e9{\'e}
|
|
\gdef^^ea{\^e}
|
|
\gdef^^eb{\"e}
|
|
\gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
|
|
\gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
|
|
\gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
|
|
\gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^f0{\dh}
|
|
\gdef^^f1{\~n}
|
|
\gdef^^f2{\`o}
|
|
\gdef^^f3{\'o}
|
|
\gdef^^f4{\^o}
|
|
\gdef^^f5{\~o}
|
|
\gdef^^f6{\"o}
|
|
\gdef^^f7{$\div$}
|
|
\gdef^^f8{\o}
|
|
\gdef^^f9{\`u}
|
|
\gdef^^fa{\'u}
|
|
\gdef^^fb{\^u}
|
|
\gdef^^fc{\"u}
|
|
\gdef^^fd{\'y}
|
|
\gdef^^fe{\th}
|
|
\gdef^^ff{\"y}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
|
|
\def\latninechardefs{%
|
|
% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
|
|
\latonechardefs
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^a4{\euro}
|
|
\gdef^^a6{\v S}
|
|
\gdef^^a8{\v s}
|
|
\gdef^^b4{\v Z}
|
|
\gdef^^b8{\v z}
|
|
\gdef^^bc{\OE}
|
|
\gdef^^bd{\oe}
|
|
\gdef^^be{\"Y}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
|
|
\def\lattwochardefs{%
|
|
\gdef^^a0{~}
|
|
\gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
|
|
\gdef^^a2{\u{}}
|
|
\gdef^^a3{\L}
|
|
\gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
|
|
\gdef^^a5{\v L}
|
|
\gdef^^a6{\'S}
|
|
\gdef^^a7{\S}
|
|
\gdef^^a8{\"{}}
|
|
\gdef^^a9{\v S}
|
|
\gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
|
|
\gdef^^ab{\v T}
|
|
\gdef^^ac{\'Z}
|
|
\gdef^^ad{\-}
|
|
\gdef^^ae{\v Z}
|
|
\gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
|
|
\gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
|
|
\gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
|
|
\gdef^^b3{\l}
|
|
\gdef^^b4{\'{}}
|
|
\gdef^^b5{\v l}
|
|
\gdef^^b6{\'s}
|
|
\gdef^^b7{\v{}}
|
|
\gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
|
|
\gdef^^b9{\v s}
|
|
\gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
|
|
\gdef^^bb{\v t}
|
|
\gdef^^bc{\'z}
|
|
\gdef^^bd{\H{}}
|
|
\gdef^^be{\v z}
|
|
\gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^c0{\'R}
|
|
\gdef^^c1{\'A}
|
|
\gdef^^c2{\^A}
|
|
\gdef^^c3{\u A}
|
|
\gdef^^c4{\"A}
|
|
\gdef^^c5{\'L}
|
|
\gdef^^c6{\'C}
|
|
\gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
|
|
\gdef^^c8{\v C}
|
|
\gdef^^c9{\'E}
|
|
\gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
|
|
\gdef^^cb{\"E}
|
|
\gdef^^cc{\v E}
|
|
\gdef^^cd{\'I}
|
|
\gdef^^ce{\^I}
|
|
\gdef^^cf{\v D}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^d0{\DH}
|
|
\gdef^^d1{\'N}
|
|
\gdef^^d2{\v N}
|
|
\gdef^^d3{\'O}
|
|
\gdef^^d4{\^O}
|
|
\gdef^^d5{\H O}
|
|
\gdef^^d6{\"O}
|
|
\gdef^^d7{$\times$}
|
|
\gdef^^d8{\v R}
|
|
\gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
|
|
\gdef^^da{\'U}
|
|
\gdef^^db{\H U}
|
|
\gdef^^dc{\"U}
|
|
\gdef^^dd{\'Y}
|
|
\gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
|
|
\gdef^^df{\ss}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^e0{\'r}
|
|
\gdef^^e1{\'a}
|
|
\gdef^^e2{\^a}
|
|
\gdef^^e3{\u a}
|
|
\gdef^^e4{\"a}
|
|
\gdef^^e5{\'l}
|
|
\gdef^^e6{\'c}
|
|
\gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
|
|
\gdef^^e8{\v c}
|
|
\gdef^^e9{\'e}
|
|
\gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
|
|
\gdef^^eb{\"e}
|
|
\gdef^^ec{\v e}
|
|
\gdef^^ed{\'\i}
|
|
\gdef^^ee{\^\i}
|
|
\gdef^^ef{\v d}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef^^f0{\dh}
|
|
\gdef^^f1{\'n}
|
|
\gdef^^f2{\v n}
|
|
\gdef^^f3{\'o}
|
|
\gdef^^f4{\^o}
|
|
\gdef^^f5{\H o}
|
|
\gdef^^f6{\"o}
|
|
\gdef^^f7{$\div$}
|
|
\gdef^^f8{\v r}
|
|
\gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
|
|
\gdef^^fa{\'u}
|
|
\gdef^^fb{\H u}
|
|
\gdef^^fc{\"u}
|
|
\gdef^^fd{\'y}
|
|
\gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
|
|
\gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% UTF-8 character definitions.
|
|
%
|
|
% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
|
|
% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
|
|
% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
|
|
%
|
|
\newcount\countUTFx
|
|
\newcount\countUTFy
|
|
\newcount\countUTFz
|
|
|
|
\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
|
|
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
|
|
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
|
|
%
|
|
\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
|
|
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
|
|
|
|
\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
|
|
\ifx #1\relax
|
|
\message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
|
|
\else
|
|
\expandafter #1%
|
|
\fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\catcode`\~13
|
|
\catcode`\"12
|
|
|
|
\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
|
|
\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
|
|
\uccode`\~\countUTFx
|
|
\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
|
|
\advance\countUTFx by 1
|
|
\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
|
|
\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
|
|
\fi}
|
|
|
|
\countUTFx = "C2
|
|
\countUTFy = "E0
|
|
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
|
|
\xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
|
|
\UTFviiiLoop
|
|
|
|
\countUTFx = "E0
|
|
\countUTFy = "F0
|
|
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
|
|
\xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
|
|
\UTFviiiLoop
|
|
|
|
\countUTFx = "F0
|
|
\countUTFy = "F4
|
|
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
|
|
\xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
|
|
\UTFviiiLoop
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\catcode`\"=12
|
|
\catcode`\<=12
|
|
\catcode`\.=12
|
|
\catcode`\,=12
|
|
\catcode`\;=12
|
|
\catcode`\!=12
|
|
\catcode`\~=13
|
|
|
|
\gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
|
|
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
|
|
\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
|
|
\begingroup
|
|
\parseXMLCharref
|
|
\def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
|
|
\csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
|
|
\def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
|
|
\csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
|
|
\def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
|
|
\csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
|
|
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
|
|
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
|
|
\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
|
|
\endgroup}
|
|
|
% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
|
\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
|
% likely, but for now just recognize it.
|
\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
|
\let\documentencoding = \comment
|
\errhelp = \EMsimple
|
|
\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
|
|
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
|
|
\parseUTFviiiA,%
|
|
\parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
|
|
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
|
|
\parseUTFviiiA;%
|
|
\parseUTFviiiA,%
|
|
\parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
|
|
\else
|
|
\parseUTFviiiA;%
|
|
\parseUTFviiiA,%
|
|
\parseUTFviiiA!%
|
|
\parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
|
|
\fi\fi\fi
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
|
|
\countUTFx = \countUTFz
|
|
\divide\countUTFz by 64
|
|
\countUTFy = \countUTFz
|
|
\multiply\countUTFz by 64
|
|
\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
|
|
\advance\countUTFx by 128
|
|
\uccode `#1\countUTFx
|
|
\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
|
|
|
|
\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
|
|
\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
|
|
\uccode `#3\countUTFz
|
|
\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
|
|
\endgroup
|
|
|
% Page size parameters.
|
\def\utfeightchardefs{%
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
|
|
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
|
|
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
|
|
}% end of \utfeightchardefs
|
|
|
|
|
|
% US-ASCII character definitions.
|
|
\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
|
|
\relax
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
|
|
% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
|
|
% document encoding.
|
%
|
%
|
|
\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
|
|
|
|
|
|
\message{formatting,}
|
|
|
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
|
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
|
|
|
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
|
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
|
\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
|
\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
|
\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
|
\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
|
| Line 6579... |
Line 8896... |
\vbadness = 10000
|
\vbadness = 10000
|
|
|
% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
|
% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
|
\hbadness = 2000
|
\hbadness = 2000
|
|
|
% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
|
% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
|
\widowpenalty=10000
|
\widowpenalty=10000
|
\clubpenalty=10000
|
\clubpenalty=10000
|
|
|
% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
|
% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
|
% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
|
% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
|
| Line 6597... |
Line 8914... |
\else
|
\else
|
\emergencystretch = .15\hsize
|
\emergencystretch = .15\hsize
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
|
% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
|
% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
|
% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
|
% physical page width.
|
% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
|
%
|
%
|
% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
|
% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
|
% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
|
% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
|
%
|
%
|
\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
|
\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
|
| Line 6626... |
Line 8943... |
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
|
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
|
%
|
%
|
\ifpdf
|
\ifpdf
|
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
|
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
|
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
|
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
|
|
% if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
|
|
% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
|
|
\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
|
|
\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
|
\fi
|
\fi
|
%
|
%
|
\setleading{\textleading}
|
\setleading{\textleading}
|
%
|
%
|
\parindent = \defaultparindent
|
\parindent = \defaultparindent
|
| Line 6640... |
Line 8961... |
\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
|
\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
|
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
|
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
|
\textleading = 13.2pt
|
\textleading = 13.2pt
|
%
|
%
|
% If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
|
% If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
|
\internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
|
\internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
|
{\voffset}{.25in}%
|
{\voffset}{.25in}%
|
{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
|
{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
|
{11in}{8.5in}%
|
{11in}{8.5in}%
|
}}
|
}}
|
|
|
% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
|
% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
|
\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
|
\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
|
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
|
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
|
\textleading = 12pt
|
\textleading = 12pt
|
%
|
%
|
\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
|
\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
|
{\voffset}{.25in}%
|
{-.2in}{0in}%
|
{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
|
{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
|
{9.25in}{7in}%
|
{9.25in}{7in}%
|
%
|
%
|
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
|
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
|
\tolerance = 700
|
\tolerance = 700
|
\hfuzz = 1pt
|
\hfuzz = 1pt
|
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
|
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
|
\defbodyindent = .5cm
|
\defbodyindent = .5cm
|
}}
|
}}
|
|
|
|
% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
|
|
% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
|
|
\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
|
|
\parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
|
|
\textleading = 12pt
|
|
%
|
|
\internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
|
|
{-.2in}{-.4in}%
|
|
{0pt}{14pt}%
|
|
{9in}{6in}%
|
|
%
|
|
\lispnarrowing = 0.25in
|
|
\tolerance = 700
|
|
\hfuzz = 1pt
|
|
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
|
|
\defbodyindent = .4cm
|
|
}}
|
|
|
% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
|
% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
|
\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
|
\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
|
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
|
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
|
\textleading = 13.2pt
|
\textleading = 13.2pt
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 6678... |
Line 9017... |
% your texinfo source file like this:
|
% your texinfo source file like this:
|
% @tex
|
% @tex
|
% \global\normaloffset = -6mm
|
% \global\normaloffset = -6mm
|
% \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
|
% \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
|
% @end tex
|
% @end tex
|
\internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
|
\internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
|
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
|
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
|
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
|
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
|
{297mm}{210mm}%
|
{297mm}{210mm}%
|
%
|
%
|
\tolerance = 700
|
\tolerance = 700
|
| Line 6743... |
Line 9082... |
\globaldefs = 1
|
\globaldefs = 1
|
%
|
%
|
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
|
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
|
\setleading{\textleading}%
|
\setleading{\textleading}%
|
%
|
%
|
\dimen0 = #1
|
\dimen0 = #1\relax
|
\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
|
\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
|
%
|
%
|
\dimen2 = \hsize
|
\dimen2 = \hsize
|
\advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
|
\advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
|
%
|
%
|
| Line 6762... |
Line 9101... |
\letterpaper
|
\letterpaper
|
|
|
|
|
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
|
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
|
|
|
|
% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
|
|
\catcode`\^^? = 14
|
|
|
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
|
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
|
\catcode`\"=\other
|
\catcode`\"=\other
|
\catcode`\~=\other
|
\catcode`\~=\other
|
\catcode`\^=\other
|
\catcode`\^=\other
|
\catcode`\_=\other
|
\catcode`\_=\other
|
| Line 6815... |
Line 9157... |
\catcode`\^=\active
|
\catcode`\^=\active
|
\def^{{\tt \hat}}
|
\def^{{\tt \hat}}
|
|
|
\catcode`\_=\active
|
\catcode`\_=\active
|
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
|
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
|
|
\let\realunder=_
|
% Subroutine for the previous macro.
|
% Subroutine for the previous macro.
|
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
|
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
|
|
|
\catcode`\|=\active
|
\catcode`\|=\active
|
\def|{{\tt\char124}}
|
\def|{{\tt\char124}}
|
| Line 6837... |
Line 9180... |
% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
|
% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
|
% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
|
% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
|
% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
|
% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
|
\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
|
\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
|
|
|
|
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
|
|
% parsing them.
|
|
\def\turnoffactive{%
|
|
\normalturnoffactive
|
|
\otherbackslash
|
|
}
|
|
|
\catcode`\@=0
|
\catcode`\@=0
|
|
|
% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
|
% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
|
% as in \char`\\.
|
% as in \char`\\.
|
\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
|
\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
|
\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
|
\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
|
|
|
|
% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
|
|
% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
|
|
{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
|
|
|
|
% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
|
|
% in fixed width font.
|
|
\catcode`\\=\active
|
|
@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
|
|
% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
|
|
% @let \ = @normalbackslash
|
|
|
% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
|
% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
|
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
|
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
|
% catcode other.
|
% catcode other.
|
{\catcode`\\=\active
|
|
@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
|
@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
|
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
|
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
|
}
|
|
|
|
% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
|
|
{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
|
|
|
|
% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
|
|
\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}}
|
|
|
|
\catcode`\\=\active
|
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
|
|
% the literal character `\'.
|
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
|
%
|
% even after parsing them.
|
@def@normalturnoffactive{%
|
@def@turnoffactive{%
|
@let\=@normalbackslash
|
@let"=@normaldoublequote
|
@let"=@normaldoublequote
|
@let\=@realbackslash
|
|
@let~=@normaltilde
|
@let~=@normaltilde
|
@let^=@normalcaret
|
@let^=@normalcaret
|
@let_=@normalunderscore
|
@let_=@normalunderscore
|
@let|=@normalverticalbar
|
@let|=@normalverticalbar
|
@let<=@normalless
|
@let<=@normalless
|
@let>=@normalgreater
|
@let>=@normalgreater
|
@let+=@normalplus
|
@let+=@normalplus
|
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
|
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
|
|
@markupsetuplqdefault
|
|
@markupsetuprqdefault
|
@unsepspaces
|
@unsepspaces
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
|
|
% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
|
|
% effect.)
|
|
%
|
|
@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
|
|
|
|
% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
|
% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
|
% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
|
% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
|
@otherifyactive
|
@otherifyactive
|
|
|
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
|
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
|
| Line 6894... |
Line 9242... |
%
|
%
|
@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
|
@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
|
@global@let\ = @eatinput
|
@global@let\ = @eatinput
|
|
|
% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
|
% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
|
% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
|
% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
|
% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
|
% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
|
% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
|
% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
|
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
|
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
|
%
|
%
|
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
|
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
|
@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
|
@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
|
@catcode`+=@active
|
@catcode`+=@active
|
| Line 6913... |
Line 9261... |
% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
|
% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
|
@catcode`@& = @other
|
@catcode`@& = @other
|
@catcode`@# = @other
|
@catcode`@# = @other
|
@catcode`@% = @other
|
@catcode`@% = @other
|
|
|
|
@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
|
|
@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
|
|
@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
|
|
@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
|
|
@catcode`@'=@active
|
|
@catcode`@`=@active
|
|
@markupsetuplqdefault
|
|
@markupsetuprqdefault
|
|
|
|
@c Gnulib now utterly and painfully insists on no trailing whitespace.
|
|
@c So we have to nuke it.
|
|
|
@c Local variables:
|
@c Local variables:
|
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
|
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'nuke-trailing-whitespace)
|
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
|
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
|
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
|
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
|
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
|
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
|
@c End:
|
@c End:
|
